How to Use S20 Tools: Difference between revisions

From TrainzOnline
Jump to navigationJump to search
Pware (talk | contribs)
mNo edit summary
Pware (talk | contribs)
Line 4,858: Line 4,858:
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->


='''The Fine Adjustment Tool'''=
The information in this Wiki Page applies to '''Surveyor 2.0 (S20)''' as found in '''Trainz Plus'''. The original reference material for this document can be found at [[image:WikiLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[https://docs.trainzsimulator.com/v1/docs/surveyor20 Surveyor 2.0 Overview]'''<br>
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
 
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
<td width=729>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>&#160;</td>
<td width=75>&#160;</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepS20vS10|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=40>[[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;D&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Fine Adjustment Tool&#160;</span> makes 3D adjustments (position and rotations) to objects in a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</table>


<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
__TOC__
<tr valign="top">
<td>This tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=800>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
The '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:FineAdjustmentTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Fine Adjustment Tools]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table width=700>
<table bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Surveyor 2.0 <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Mouse&#160;</span> and <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Keyboard&#160;</span> Aids and Shortcuts</span></td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Fine Adjustment Alternatives</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In addition to the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' the position and height of objects can be changed by:-</td>
<td></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Operations&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;LClick&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Left Click</span> on an object to '''<u>Select</u>''' it</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;LClick&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>using the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Free Move Tool|Free Move Tool]]'''</td>
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Shift</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Left Click</span> on another object to add it to the '''<u>Selection</u>'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;LClick&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Drag&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>editing its <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> values in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]'''</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Left Click and Drag</span> to '''<u>Move</u>''' an object or a group of selected objects</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;RClick&#160;</span></td>
<td>selecting the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> option in its '''Context Menu'''</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Right Click</span> on the terrain to '''<u>Move</u>''' the '''Compass Rose''' and '''Focus''' to that location</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;DLClick&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Double Left Click</span> on an object to add it and all nearby identical objects into a single '''<u>Selection</u>'''
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPointBlueSquare.png|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>when used on a '''consist''' all the wagons in the consist, regardless of type, will be selected</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:DotPointBlueSquare.png|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>when used on a spline or track all the segments upto the next junction will be selected</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
<br>
<tr valign="top">
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;DLClick&#160;</span></span></td>
<tr>
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Shift</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Double Left Click</span> on another object to add it and its nearby identical objects to those already in the '''<u>Selection</u>'''</td>
<td>The most obvious feature of the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' is the '''3D Anchor Frame''' it adds to a selected object. The frame is made of 3 straight and 3 curved coloured lines, called <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Anchors</span>, which control position and orientation.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>


<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250>[[image:FineAdjust3DFrame_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;LClick&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Drag&#160;</span></span></td>
<td width=750>The '''Anchor''' controls are:-
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Left Click and Drag</span> to '''<u>Clone</u>''' an object or selected objects</td>
<table width=750>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Horizontal and Vertical Anchors&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;C&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl C</span> to '''<u>Copy</u>''' selected objects (including the ground height, ground textures and any effect layers) into a new '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;D&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>move the object (forward/back or up/down) in the direction of the '''Anchor''' line</td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl D</span> to '''<u>Unselect</u>''' a selected object (or '''ALL''' objects if multiple objects have been selected)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
<table width=750>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Rotational Anchors&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;E&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl E</span> to open the '''<u>Route Editor</u>''' (to edit the route name, description, thumbnail, scale, etc)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F&#160;</span></span></td>
<td width=350>rotate the object (clockwise and anti-clockwise) along the '''Anchor Arc Line''' centred around the '''Anchor Straight Line''' of the same colour</td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl F</span> to open the '''<u>Object Finder</u>'''</td>
<td>
</tr>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=250 cellpadding=2>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F1&#160;</span></span></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=246 cellpadding=2>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl F1</span> to switch from '''<u>Driver</u>''' to '''<u>Surveyor</u>''' via the '''UDS''' inteface</td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F2&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>Not all objects will have <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> and/or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> rotational Anchors.</td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl F2</span> to switch from '''<u>Surveyor</u>''' to '''<u>Driver</u>''' via the '''UDS''' inteface</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;M&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl M</span> to open the '''<u>Mini Map</u>'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;R&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl R</span> to open the '''<u>Session Editor</u>''' (to edit the session name, description and rules)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
<table width=750>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Object Anchor&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl S</span> to '''<u>Save</u>''' the current route and/or session (which ever has been edited)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: black;">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;</span> (black central dot) moves the object in any horizontal direction</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;V&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl V</span> to '''<u>Paste</u>''' the current '''Scrapbook''' into the route at the cursor position (the '''Surveyor Compass Rose'''). The current settings in the '''Scrapbook Palette''' Filter will control which objects are pasted and how they are pasted</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;X&#160;</span></span></td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl X</span> to '''<u>Cut</u>''' and remove selected objects from the route and place them into a new '''Scrapbook'''. The ground height, ground textures, effect layers and any objects in locked layers will be copied, not cut</td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Y&#160;</span></span></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl Y</span> to '''<u>Redo</u>''' (reverse) the last <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Z&#160;</span></span> command</td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To use the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' controls:-</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Z&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl Z</span> to '''<u>Undo</u>''' previous actions</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Space&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>move the tool pointer onto an Anchor - its colour will change to yellow for Anchor lines or green for the Object Anchor</td>
<td>press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Ctrl Space</span> to show/hide the '''<u>User Interface</u>''' (the Trainz Main Menu icons and all the docked palettes - undocked palettes will still be visible)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the '''Object Anchor''' in any direction or move the pointer along the chosen '''Anchor Line''' in the required direction (e.g. up on the blue vertical Anchor or clockwise around the arc of the red rotational Anchor)</td>
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Alt</span> key and hover the tool pointer over an object to '''<u>Identify</u>''' it</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
 
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;LClick&#160;</span></span></td>
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Alt</span> key and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Left Click</span> on an object to '''<u>Select</u>''' it in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Delete</span> key to '''<u>Delete</u>''' a selected object or objects from the route</td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2></td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Tools&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
 
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;W&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Brush Tool</span> [[image:S20_BrushToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
<td rowspan=6 valign="middle">[[image:ToolsKeyboard_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;E&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Placement Tool</span> [[image:S20_PlacementToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;R&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Eyedropper Tool</span> [[image:S20_DropperToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Free Move Tool</span> [[image:S20_FreeMoveToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;D&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Fine Adjustment Tool</span> [[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Marquee Tool</span> [[image:S20_MarqueeToolIcon.png|link=|20px]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">Context Menu</span> of a selected object</td>
<td>[[image:ContextIconsOneRow_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,006: Line 5,074:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=796 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td colspan=2>To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving anchor points, either:-</td>
<table>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>zoom in closer to the anchor point, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Assets and Objects</span><br>
</tr>
----
<tr valign="top">
(from the '''[https://docs.trainzsimulator.com/v1/docs/surveyor20 Surveyor 2.0 Overview]''' document)<br>
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
 
<td>use the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> fine adjustment arrows in the '''Info Palette''' object '''Pos''' controls. These arrows can be used to set the height and position to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
In this online documentation, the term <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Asset</span> is used when talking about the items listed in '''Content Manager''' and the '''Asset Palette'''. Every asset has a '''KUID''' (unique identifier). When an asset (selected in the '''Assets Palette''') is placed into the world, the instance of the asset in the world is referred to as an <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Object</span>. There are multiple types of object, such as Scenery, Splines, Trains, Trackside, etc.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,027: Line 5,101:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
 
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
=='''Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Track Objects]]</td>
<td width=729><span id="stepS20vS10"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment]]</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>&#160;</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepTools|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->


<table bgcolor="lightcyan" width=1000 cellpadding=2>
='''Surveyor 2.0 vs Surveyor Classic'''=
<tr>
<td>Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in '''Trainz''' terminology as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Scenery Mesh Objects</span>.</td>
</tr>
</table>


===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move a Mesh Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 cellpadding=2 bgcolor="lightcyan">
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Surveyor 2.0</span></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=796 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move an object with the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''':-</td>
<td colspan=2>'''Surveyor 2.0''' (or '''S20''') is the new '''Surveyor''' interface provided to '''Trainz Plus Gold''' and '''Trainz Plus Standard''' subscribers as an alternative to '''Surveyor Classic'''. Classic is still available as an option in '''Trainz Plus'''. '''S20''' is also available in '''TRS22''' for '''Trainz Plus''' subscribers only. '''TRS22''' without the subscription will have '''Surveyor Classic'''.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Whats New</span></td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' anywhere on the selected object (except on an '''Anchor''' line) to move it freely in any horizontal direction</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
<td>a single set of common tools that can be applied to '''ALL''' types of objects</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on an Anchor line to move or rotate it in the direction of the line or arc</td>
<td>the ability to select multiple objects of different types that can be manipulated as one with more freedom than was previously possible</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>These operations can also be performed on a group of selected objects. The 3D Anchor Frame will be on the last object added to the group.</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>each object has its own '''Context Menu''' that applies specific actions depending on the type of object</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>information and controls in dockable and moveable '''Palettes''' that can be hidden when not needed</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
<br>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a new '''Scrapbook''' asset to store "scenes" that can be pasted anywhere in a route, between routes and shared through the '''DLS'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a new '''Marquee Tool''' that allows:-<br>
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor movement<br>[[image:FineAdjustZMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPointBlueSquare.png|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<td>multiple baseboards to be added, deleted and have their height, ground texture and grid resolution changed in a single operation</td>
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustYawMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustPitchMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPointBlueSquare.png|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<td>objects, ground heights, ground textures and effect layers to be moved and copied</td>
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustRotateXYMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table>
The following screen images help illustrate the change in philosophy that has occurred with the release of the '''Surveyor 2.0''' user interface.
<tr valign="top">
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<td width=900>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td align="center" colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Surveyor Classic&#160;</span><br>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
'''2002 - 2022'''<br>
----
[[image:Surveyor10Screen.png|link=]]</td>
Objects can be restored to their original height and rotation settings by opening their '''Context Menu''' and selecting either:-
</tr>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reset Object Rotation&#160;</span> to cancel the rotation changes, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
<td>all the tools are in separate fixed Tabbed Flyouts with a different Flyout and set of tools for each type of object (scenery, track, terrain, textures, trains, etc)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> to cancel the height change</td>
<td>the workflow forces you to select the correct tool for the type of object and then apply it to just a single object at a time
</tr>
</table>
The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Randomise Object Rotation&#160;</span> option in the '''Context Menu''' only affects rotations around the vertical axis.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
Line 5,116: Line 5,184:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Mesh Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
<tr valign="top">
 
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td>A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. '''Left''' click on the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key. The icon design will vary between object types.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuMeshObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=780>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td align="center" colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Surveyor 2.0&#160;</span><br>
<table>
'''2022 - '''<br>
[[image:Surveyor20Screen.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
<td>there is just one set of tools that can be applied to all types of objects
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>the workflow allows you to select multiple objects (that can be of different types) and then apply a selected tool or operation to them all
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=729><span id="stepTools"></span>&#160;</td>
<table>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepS20vS10|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepBrush|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
 
='''The Tools Palette'''=
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2 bgcolor="lightcyan">The '''Tools Palette''' is at the core of the new interface and takes the place of all the '''Tool Flyouts''' that have been the standard for Trainz Surveyor for many years. Some of the tools are new while others have been given a makeover and new abilities.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
 
</tr>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=531>[[image:Tools_S20.png|link=|alt=Tools and keymap for S20]]<br>
<br>
The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Context Tool&#160;</span> is attached as an icon to a selected or newly placed object. The icon design will vary according to the type of object.</td>
<td width=469>
<span id="Notes_Palettes"></span>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=469 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=465 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
<td width=440><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes: Palettes'''</span><br>
</tr>
----
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
If the '''Tools Palette''' is not shown on the screen, then:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=175>[[image:WindowsMenu_S20.png|link=|alt=Windows Menu]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span></td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If no object has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>open the '''Window Menu''' from the menu icons at the top of the screen</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
<td>visible palettes have ticks next to their names</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletNoTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>invisible (hidden) palettes have no ticks next to their names</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,195: Line 5,274:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>to make a hidden palette visible simply '''Left''' click on its name or on the [[image:BulletNoTick.png|link=]] next to its name. This will add a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] and make the '''Tools Palette''' visible</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
<td>make sure that the '''Tool Options Palette''' is also visible</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td>
There is a '''Trainz Wiki Page''' specifically covering the '''S20 Palettes''' at<br>[[image:WikiLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[How_to_Use_S20_Palettes|How to Use the S20 Palettes]]'''
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> option</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reset&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values</td>
<td>An '''Eyedropper''' is inside all the tools so you can quickly identify any object without having to switch to the '''Eyedropper Tool''' and back again.<br>
Just hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key as you move your selected tool onto an object to reveal its name. '''Left''' click on the object while holding down the key to select it in the '''Assets Palette''' list.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=729><span id="stepBrush"></span>&#160;</td>
<table>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepTools|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepPlacement|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
 
='''The Brush Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Ground Height]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Randomise&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td width=40>[[image:S20_BrushToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td>applies a random <span style="font-weight: 700;"><span style="font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Rotation Anchor</span> angle to each object around its vertical axis</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;W&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Brush Tool&#160;</span> "paints" the ground height, ground textures, effect layers and scrapbook scenes in the Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
 
</tr>
The '''Brush Tool''' has two drop down menu lists.<br>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:BrushTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Brush Tools]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=3>The first drop down menu will set the '''"Brush Target"''' which is the type of brush. '''Left''' click on the drop down box and on a '''Target''' to select it:-</td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=200>
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
<td>'''Ground Height'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Ground Texture'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Scrapbook Data'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''&lt;''List of Effect Layers''&gt;'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Edit Effect Layers'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=100>[[image:BrushToolsGroundOptions_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=350>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=350 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=346 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>If you have any '''Effect Layers''' then they will appear as '''Targets''' in this drop down list. Select an '''Effect Layer''' to use the brush to paint with that layer.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,272: Line 5,391:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Track Objects'''==
=='''Ground Height'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Ground Texture]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepBrush]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<tr>
<td>'''Track Objects''' (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in '''Surveyor Classic''' that was the limit of their movement. '''Surveyor 2.0''' brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.</td>
<td>This Brush Target raises or lowers the '''Ground Height''' by using a "painting" action</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>This brush tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
 
</td>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move a Track Object&#160;</span>===
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
When the '''Ground Height Target''' is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of several brush actions that control how the height is adjusted.<br>


<table width=1000>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>The '''actions''' are:- </td>
<td>
</tr>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=150>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move a track object horizontally:-</td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Height Up'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>For movements '''along the track''' - '''Left Click and Drag''':-
<td>'''Height Down'''</td>
<table>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>anywhere within the object (except on an '''Anchor Line''' or '''Anchor Point'''), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
<td>'''Set Height'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> horizontal '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line and track only)</td>
<td>'''Grade'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=200>[[image:BrushToolsHeightOptions_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<td>For movements '''left or right''' of the track - '''Left Click and Drag'''<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Height Up/Height Down''' raises/lowers the ground at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity'''<br>
<td>on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
'''Set Height''' "plateaus" the ground to the '''Height''' setting at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity'''<br>
</tr>
'''Grade''' creates a smooth slope at the '''Grade''' and '''Angle''' settings at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity'''</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>on the '''Object Anchor''' (the '''black dot''') to get unrestricted horizontal movement</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>For most track objects the '''Rotational Anchors''' have no effect</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,341: Line 5,460:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
 
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=4>The active height brush options for each action are shown in the '''Tool Options Palette''' with a <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Gold&#160;</span> coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored by the selected action, but they can still be edited.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="center">
<td width=210><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height Up/Height Down&#160;</span><br>[[image:BrushToolsHeightUpDown_S20.png|link=|alt=Up/Down brush options]]</td>
<td width=210><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Set Height&#160;</span><br>[[image:BrushToolsHeightSet_S20.png|link=|alt=Height brush options]]</td>
<td width=210><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span><br>[[image:BrushToolsHeightGrade_S20.png|link=|alt=Grade brush options]]</td>
<td width=390><br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=390 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=386 align="left">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td width=90><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2>Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-</td>
<td width=286>the brush radius (metres) - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<td>placing '''Track Marks''' and '''Triggers''' above (see next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td>repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track
<td width=296>5m and above</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
<br>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<table width=600 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<td>the brush height (metres)</td>
<tr>
</tr>
<td>Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally.</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=296>-3000m to 3000m</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
 
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Sensitivity&#160;</span></td>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Set the Height of a Track Object&#160;</span>===
<td>the rate at which the height changes</td>
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be raised above and lowered below the track level.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<td colspan=2>
'''Throw Lever''' track object level with track</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<td width=296>1% (very slowly) to 100% (very quickly)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move a selected track object vertically:-
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span></td>
<table>
<td>slope gradient - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<td>in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, enter a value <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td>from the objects '''Context Menu''' select the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td width=296>0% = flat ('''"Plateau"''' in '''Classic''') to</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Dblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>in the '''Info Palette''' enter a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
<td>&#177;100% = steep (but '''not''' vertical)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,417: Line 5,535:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>For most track objects the '''Rotational Anchors''' have no effect</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Angle&#160;</span></td>
<td>grade direction (compass degrees)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=296>0&#176; (North) to &#177;359&#176;<br>
a negative value reverses the grade direction</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,424: Line 5,551:
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveHV_S20.png|link=]]<br>
After being moved vertically</td>
<td>
<br>
<table width=600 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,438: Line 5,556:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
 
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Track Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
 
<tr valign="top">
A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<td width=495>
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=495 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=491 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<table width=491>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected track objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=491>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsTrackObjects_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>Unlike '''Surveyor Classic''', there is no upper limit to the brush <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span>. Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will '''decrease''' as the brush radius '''increases'''. If you are using the brush to set an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, to a specific height then the '''Marquee Tool''' would be a better choice.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
<td>The <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> is defined as '''vertical rise''' divided by '''horizontal distance''' converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,465: Line 5,590:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
</td>
<table width=1000>
<td width=10>&#160;</td>
<td width=495>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=495 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=491 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To set the '''Ground Height''':-</td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>select the '''Brush Tool''' from the '''Tools Palette''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;W&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
<td>select the brush '''Target''' (in this case <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ground Height&#160;</span>)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the brush '''Action''' ('''Height Up''', '''Height Down''', etc)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>set any brush controls (radius, height, sensitivity, etc) in the '''Tool Options Palette'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on the terrain to change the terrain height</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Ground Texture'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Scrapbook Data]]</td>
<table>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Ground Height]]</td>
<tr valign="top">
</tr>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>This tool paints the currently selected '''Ground Texture''' (from the '''Assets Palette''') on the ground</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>This brush tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette''' and the '''Assets Palette'''. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
When the '''Ground Texture Target''' is selected, the second drop down box will be disabled - there are no brush texture actions.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>The active texture brush options are shown in the '''Tool Options Palette''' with a <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Gold&#160;</span> coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.<br>
<table width=600>
<tr valign="top">
<td rowspan=5 width=200>[[image:BrushToolsTexture_S20.png|link=|alt=Texture brush options]]</td>
<td width=400>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span></td>
<td width=306>the brush radius (metres) - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=396>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
<td width=306>5m and above</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,525: Line 5,682:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Sensitivity&#160;</span></td>
<table>
<td>texture transparency</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=396>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=306>1% = almost transparent to</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
<td width=306>100% = solid (opaque)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,535: Line 5,700:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<table>
<td>initial rotation angle - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=396>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
<td width=306>0&#176; to &#177;360&#176; (larger angles can be entered)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,545: Line 5,714:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Scale&#160;</span></td>
<table>
<td>the texture pattern scaling factor</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=396>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
<td width=306>0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach&#160;to&#160;Track&#160;</span></td>
<td>if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=400>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Trackside&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To paint a '''Ground Texture''':-</td>
<td>reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select your '''Ground Texture''' in the '''Assets Palette''' - you can use the '''Assets Palette''' filter options to narrow down the selection</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>select the '''Brush Tool''' from the '''Tools Palette''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;W&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Junction&#160;Direction&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed</td>
<td>select the '''Ground Texture''' target from the '''Brush''' drop down menu</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>set any brush controls (radius, sensitivity, rotation, scale) in the '''Tool Options Palette'''</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on the terrain to paint with the texture</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,622: Line 5,771:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=850 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=846 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their '''Context Menu''' and selecting:-
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
<table>
----
<tr valign="top:>
</td>
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span> to cancel the both the height and position changes, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Unlike '''Surveyor Classic''', there is no upper limit to the brush <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span>. Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will '''decrease''' as the brush radius '''increases'''. If you are using the brush to paint an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, then the '''Marquee Tool''' will be quicker but it will not give the options of changing the scale and rotation.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotation&#160;</span> controls the starting angle for the texture when painting and is often used to avoid pattern repetition. As in '''Surveyor Classic''', holding down the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;[&#160;</span> or <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;]&#160;</span> keys  while painting will continuously change the rotation angle<br>
<table bgcolor=#fcbcbc>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Stop.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Warning:''' Changing the rotation angle during painting is '''not''' recommended for '''PBR Textures''' as this will significantly increase the memory useage (each rotation will load in another copy of the PBR texture).</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
</table>
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> to cancel the height change only</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,646: Line 5,809:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.
<span id="Default Baseboard Ground Texture"></span>
<table width=900>
===<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Default Baseboard Ground Texture&#160;</span>===
 
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>When a new route is created or a new baseboard is added it will be covered with the '''Default''' ground texture for the selected '''Region'''. This can be temporarily disabled or permanently changed to a different texture (including to the standard '''TRS19''' grid pattern).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectReversed_S20.png|400px|link=]]</td>
<td width=360>[[image:MainMenuSetGroundTexture.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To rotate a track object:-</td>
<td colspan=2>The easiest option is to disable the current default ground texture<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the track objects '''Context Menu''' (click the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key)</td>
<td>open the [[image:SurveyorDisplayIcon.png|link=]] '''Surveyor Display Menu'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate Trackside&#160;</span></td>
<td>select the '''Ground''' option</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
</td>
<td>select the '''Grid''' option. This will use the current grid texture.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,674: Line 5,843:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>A more complex solution is to edit an existing '''Region''' or create one of your own to add your preferred ground texture (such as the standard '''TRS19''' grid pattern) to each new route you create and every new baseboard that you add.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table cellpadding=2 bgcolor="Aquamarine">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LinkWiki.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
Information on creating and editing '''Region''' assets can be found on the '''Trainz Wiki''' at:-<br>
*'''[[How_to_Create_a_Region_Asset|How to Create a Region Asset]]'''
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
Line 5,679: Line 5,861:
<br>
<br>


=='''Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)'''==
=='''Scrapbook Data'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Effect Layers]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Track Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Ground Texture]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<tr>
<td>Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their '''endpoints'''. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.</td>
<td>This tool paints the currently selected '''Scrapbook''' (from the '''Scrapbook Palette''') on the ground</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Moving a spline can involve moving:-</td>
<td>This brush tool uses both the '''Tool Options Palette''' and the '''Scrapbook Palette'''. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document. Instructions on how to create '''Scrapbooks''' can be found in the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The_Marquee_Tool|Marquee Tool]]''' section of this document.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an endpoint, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>a segment, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>multiple segments including the whole length of the spline</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,716: Line 5,885:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Endpoints&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=280>[[image:FineAdjustSplineEndPoint_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td width=620>
<table width=500 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
The '''3D Anchor Frame''' shown is for a spline '''endpoint'''.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<table width=496 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move an individual spline endpoint:-</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>'''Scrapbooks''', when created, will contain:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''.</td>
<td>'''Ground Heights'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Left''' click on, the spline endpoint to be moved.</td>
<td>'''Ground Textures'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Note:''' only the horizontal <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> and the vertical <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> lines can be selected.</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Effect Layers''' - if present</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' either:-
<td>'''Selected Objects''' - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc</td>
<table>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: yellow;">&#160;But <u>NOT</u> Rolling Stock (Trains)&#160;</span>
<td>an '''Anchor''' to move the endpoint in that specific direction, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
<td>the endpoint itself to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,758: Line 5,928:
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td>
</table>
<table width=500 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Segments&#160;</span>===
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<table width=496 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> rotational Anchor '''CANNOT''' be used on '''Track splines'''
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
</td>
----</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr>
</td>
<td colspan=2>
'''Scrapbooks''', when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=280>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegment_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=620>The '''3D Anchor Frame''' shown is for a spline '''segment'''.<br>
<td>'''Ground Heights'''</td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<td>'''Ground Textures'''</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move spline segments:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''.</td>
<td>'''Effect Layers'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Left''' click on, the spline segment to be moved.</td>
<td>'''Scenery Objects (Meshes)''' - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' either:-</td>
<td>'''Scenery Splines''' - roads, track, fences, etc</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td colspan=2>You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an '''Anchor''' to move the endpoint in that specific direction, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>anywhere in a segment to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,827: Line 5,973:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To select:-
<td>The current '''Scrapbook''' can be '''Pasted''' into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the '''Compass Rose''') by:-
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=28>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>more than one segment. Hold the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key down and individually '''Left''' click on each segment</td>
<td>pressing <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;V&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''ALL''' the segments. '''Double-Left''' click on a segment. If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point</td>
<td> selecting <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span> from the '''Context Menu''' of a selected object</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In both cases the '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a '''Marquee Selection Area''' that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current '''Scrapbook Palette''' filter settings
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,851: Line 6,001:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=900>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;The Scrapbook Brush Actions&#160;</span>===
 
When the '''Scrapbook Data Target''' is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of two brush actions that control how the scrapbook is applied.<br>
 
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The '''actions''' are:- </td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentStraight_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=200>
<td>Selecting a spline segment with the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' will add a '''Temporary Endpoint''' at the point where the segment was clicked.<br>
<table>
<br>
<tr valign="top">
This will produce 3 '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' control frames, one at each end of the segment and one at the click point, as shown in the image on the left. The whole segment can be moved, as shown in the following images, by a '''Left Click and Drag''' anywhere within the segment.</td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Scrapbook Brush'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentXYMove_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
Segment moved to the right along the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal Anchor line</td>
<td>'''Scrapbook Clone'''</td>
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentZMove_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment moved up along the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></span> straight anchor lines will move the whole segment along the direction of the line
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=200>[[image:BrushToolsScrapbookOptions_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</table>
<td width=600>
</td>
<table width=600 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentRotate_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment rotated anti-clockwise around the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> rotational Anchor arc line</td>
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentPitch_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment rotated clockwise around the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> rotational Anchor arc line</td>
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<table width=596 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>'''Scrapbook Brush''' will '''resize''' the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size<br>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
'''Scrapbook Clone'''  will paint the scrapbook sized according to the '''Scale''' setting. See '''Notes''' below
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></span> curved anchor lines will rotate the whole segment around the axis of the same colour
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
Line 5,906: Line 6,041:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scrapbook Brush&#160;</span> will '''resize''' the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size.
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> line height change and a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Anchor rotation can be cancelled at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> option from the segments '''Context Menu'''</td>
<td>If the brush is small then the scrapbook contents will be compressed closer together</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If the brush is large then the contents will be spaced further apart</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Anchor rotation can be straightened at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Straighten Spline&#160;</span> option from the segments '''Context Menu''' but this will not return the '''endpoints''' to their original positions
<td>Every '''Left Click''' will paste another complete scrapbook copy</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Scale''' control in the '''Tool Options Palette''' is ignored.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Spline Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=420>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scrapbook Clone&#160;</span> will paste the scrapbook sized according to the '''Scale''' setting (100% = original size)
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<td>If the brush is the same size as the scaled scrapbook then a single exact copy will be pasted</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>If the brush is smaller than the scaled scrapbook in size then only the central part of the scrapbook will be revealed and more will be added when the brush is moved around until the "painted" area covers the same area as the scaled scrapbook. Further painting will clone or tile the scrapbook contents</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:SplineContextIcons_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>If the brush is larger than the scaled scrapbook in size then the contents will be cloned or tiled to fill the set brush radius</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#fcbcbc cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:Stop.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
<td>'''Warning:''' The '''Scale''' and '''Radius''' settings must be carefully selected. Setting <span style="font-weight: 700; background-color: yellow;">&#160;extreme&#160;</span> values for both (a very large brush radius and a very small scale value) can cause <span style="font-weight: 700; background-color: yellow;">&#160;performance issues&#160;</span> (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 5,961: Line 6,102:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
<td>
<table width=1000>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=580 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>The active scrapbook brush options are shown in the '''Tool Options Palette''' with a <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Gold&#160;</span> coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="center">
<td width=210><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scrapbook Brush&#160;</span><br>[[image:BrushToolsScrapBrush_S20.png|link=|alt=Brush options]]</td>
<td width=210><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scrapbook Clone&#160;</span><br>[[image:BrushToolsScrapClone_S20.png|link=|alt=Clone options]]</td>
<td width=580><br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=576 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=476 align="left">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span></td>
<td width=386>the brush radius (metres) - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span></td>
<td width=386>5m and above</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Splines have two different '''Context Icons''' that lead to two slightly different '''Context Menus'''.</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>initial rotation angle (degrees) - see '''Notes:''' below</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<td>one context icon and menu for each '''endpoint'''</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=386>0&#176; to &#177;360&#176; (larger angles can be entered)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Scale&#160;</span></td>
<td>one context icon and menu for the '''segment'''</td>
<td>the scrapbook scaling factor</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a '''Double-Left Click''' then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.</td>
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=386>0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Shape&#160;</span></td>
<td>brush shape</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Options:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=145>[[image:BrushToolsScrapShapes_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Circle''' and '''Square''' will set the brush to the selected shape</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td colspan=2>'''Natural''' will set the brush to the same shape as the '''Marquee''' that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular. The '''Radius''' setting will set the ''relative'' brush dimensions</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,000: Line 6,180:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
</td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:SplineEndPointContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Endpoint Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=240>[[image:SplineSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]][[image:TrackSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Segment Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineSegment_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=495>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=495 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=491 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=491>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<table width=491>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Unlike '''Surveyor Classic''', there is no upper limit to the brush <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span>. Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will '''decrease''' as the brush radius '''increases'''.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>The <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotation&#160;</span> controls the starting angle for pasting the scrapbook objects. In '''Surveyor Classic''' you could only rotate and paste in 90&#176; increments. In '''S20''' you can rotate and paste at any angle.</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td>
</td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=10>&#160;</td>
<td width=495>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=495 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=491 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To "paint" with a '''Scrapbook''' asset:-</td>
<td>delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the '''Brush Tool''' from the '''Tools Palette''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;W&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>select the '''Scrapbook Data''' target from the '''Brush''' first drop down menu</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Spline&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
<td>select a brush action ('''Brush''' or '''Clone''') from the '''Brush''' second drop down menu</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select a '''Scrapbook''' asset to be painted (see the '''The Scrapbook Palette''' below)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>open the '''Scrapbook Filter''' in the '''Scrapbook Palette''' and select the features to be pasted and their method of pasting (see '''The Scrapbook Filters''' below)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint6.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>set any '''Brush''' controls from the '''Tool Options Palette'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint7.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on the terrain to paint with the scrapbook asset</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;The Scrapbook Palette&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=600>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:ScrapbookToolsTop_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:ScrapbookPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]][[image:ScrapbookUnPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the pin icon to '''Lock''' (blue pin) and '''Unlock''' (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DeleteIcon_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>endpoint</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see '''Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks''' below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:ScrapbookCounter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Identifies the currently displayed scrapbook (the first number) and the total number of stored scrapbooks (the second number)</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>[[image:ScrapbookLeftRight_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>'''Left''' click on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&lt;&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;&gt;&#160;</span> to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the route</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>segment</u>''' or '''<u>segments</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
<td>The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply '''Left''' click inside the name box to edit or replace the current name. '''Left''' click on the image to make the name change permanent and pin (lock) the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Grade&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the endpoint to give a '''Grade''' to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Straighten&#160;Spline&#160;</span></td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>Some scrapbooks are installed with '''Trainz''' and cannot be deleted. These scrapbooks have the label '''Prefab''' at the front of their names (you may have to scroll to the front of the name to see it). While they cannot be deleted they can be "disabled" so that they won't appear as an installed scrapbook. Unlocking them will not cause them to "expire" - after 5 days they will just become locked again.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr>
</td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To disable built-in scrapbooks</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>Open '''Content Manager''' and locate the "permanent" scrapbook or scrapbooks.<br>
'''Search Tips:''' '''Name:''' starts with "'''Prefab'''"; '''Status:''' is '''Built-in'''; '''Type:''' is '''Misc'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Separate&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint</td>
<td>Highlight (select) the Scrapbook assets</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;  color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
<td>Open the '''Content''' menu and select '''Disable'''</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>You can reverse this and '''Enable''' any or all of these scrapbooks later if you need them.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Insert&#160;Spline&#160;Point&#160;Here&#160;</span></td>
<td>inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;The Scrapbook Filters&#160;</span>===
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
 
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
<td>You will probably need to undock and resize the '''Scrapbook''' palette to make full use of its filters. See the Trainz Wiki page at [[image:WikiLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[How to Use S20 Palettes#Docking and Undocking Palettes|How to Use Surveyor 2.0 Palettes]]''' for undocking and resizing instructions</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td>
 
<table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the '''arrowhead''' next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filters:&#160;</span> label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filter controls. These filters will control which elements in the scrapbook will be added to the route and how thay will be added.</td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected spline</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
 
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=600>[[image:ScrapbookToolsBottom_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>'''For example:''' To paint a scrapbook asset onto a route with certain conditions set:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;Ground Height:&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;None&#160;</span></td>
<td>ground height data will not be pasted and the ground heights already in the target area will be used</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;Ground Texture:</span></td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Overwrite&#160;</span></td>
<td>textures present in the scrapbook will replace those already in the target area</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;Meshes:</span></td>
<tr>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Add&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''Rolling Stock Objects''' (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.</td>
<td>scenery objects in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
Use the '''Fine Adjustment''' tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;Splines:</span></td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Add&#160;</span></td>
<td>scenery splines in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;Effect Layers:&#160;</span></td>
<td>To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, '''Double Left''' click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;None&#160;</span></td>
<td>effect layers in the scrapbook will not be pasted and any already in the target area will be used
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,213: Line 6,411:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
</td>
 
<td width=400>
<table width=1000>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td align="center" colspan=3>
<span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scrapbook Painting/Pasting Options&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td bgcolor="yellow" colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;What Data to Transfer&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td width=130><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ground Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>terrain height(s) used in the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Texture&#160;</span></td>
<td>textures used in the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Meshes&#160;</span></td>
<td>scenery objects (e.g. trees, buildings) used in the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>spline objects used in the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Effect Layers&#160;</span></td>
<td>effect layers ('''TurfFX''', '''Clutter''', '''Water Layer''') used in the scrapbook</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td bgcolor="yellow" colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;How to Transfer the Data</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;None&#160;</span></td>
<td>do not paste/paint this feature</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FineAdjustRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td width=520>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Add&#160;</span></td>
<table>
<td>add this feature to those already present</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td>Despite their presence in the '''Fine Adjustment Tool 3D Anchor Frame''' the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style=" color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Rotational Anchor lines</span> and the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Vertical Anchor Line</span> will '''NOT''' work on '''Rolling Stock Objects'''</td>
<td ><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Overwrite&#160;</span></td>
<td>use this feature to replace those already present</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td colspan=3>For the '''Ground Height''':-</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Object Anchor</span> (the central dot) will move the selected rolling stock object or objects in any horizontal direction but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> Horizontal Anchor Line</span> will move the selected rolling stock object or objects along the track</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Absolute&#160;</span></td>
<td>use the ground heights in the scrapbook to replace the existing ground heights</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>&#160;&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Horizontal Anchor Line</span> will move the selected rolling stock object or objects horizontally off the track but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Relative&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''modify''' the existing ground heights ''relative'' to those used in the scrapbook (to '''ignore''' the scrapbook ground heights completely select the option '''None''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,241: Line 6,488:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
<td>The current '''Scrapbook''' can be '''Pasted''' into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the '''Compass Rose''') by:-
----
<table>
It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">X</span> rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".<br><br>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=28>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>pressing <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;V&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td> selecting <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span> from the '''Context Menu''' of a selected object</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In both cases the '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a '''Marquee Selection Area''' that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current '''Scrapbook Palette''' filter settings
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td>&#160;</td>
</td>
<td width=360>[[image:PlacementRollingStockCollision_S20.png|360px|link=]]</td>
<td>This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.<br>
<br>
The simple solution is to use the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,265: Line 6,517:
<br>
<br>


===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
=='''Effect Layers'''==
 
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Edit Effect Layers...]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Scrapbook Data]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<tr>
<td>All decoupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' are performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag'''.</td>
<td>This tool paints the currently selected '''Effect Layer''' (from the '''Assets Palette''') on the ground</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps</span> To Decouple rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>This brush tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
<tr>
<td>If the route has '''Effect Layers''' installed then they will be listed individually as additional '''Targets'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=440>[[image:BrushToolsPresets_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=560>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=560 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=556 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Effect Layers''' are created using the '''Edit Effect Layers''' options found in both the [[image:SurveyorEditIcon.png|link=]] '''Surveyor Edit Menu''' at the top of the screen and also in the '''Brush Tools''' drop down list. They can also be loaded from '''.CDP''' files and installed from the '''Download Station (DLS)'''.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Release the object on an unoccupied section of track</td>
<td>Once installed or created, '''Effect Layers''' can be added to a route as presets using either of the '''Edit Effect Layers''' options.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,304: Line 6,580:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=560 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=556 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key and '''Left''' click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist</td>
<td>You can also select an '''Effect Layer''' from the '''Assets Palette''' filter list and immediately start "painting" using the current '''Tool Options Palette''' settings. This will also add the '''Effect Layer''' into the Brush Target List</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,318: Line 6,596:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;TurfFX and Clutter Effect Layers&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=3>When a '''TurfFX''' or '''Clutter''' '''Effect Layer''' has been selected as the '''Target''', the second drop down box will give a choice of three '''actions'''.<br>
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
The '''actions''' are very similar to those found in the '''Ground Height''' brush:-</td>
<td>Select one ('''Left''' click) or more (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click) rolling stock objects inside a consist</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5A_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=120>
<td colspan=2>
<table width=120>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object or objects out of the consist<br>
<td width=110>'''Increase'''</td>
<table>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; background-color: yellow;">Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not.</span> Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"</td>
<td>'''Decrease'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>The rotating yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">X</span> floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again</td>
<td>'''Set Intensity'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=140>[[image:EffectLayerActions_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<tr>
<td>
<td colspan=2>&#160;</td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Increase/Decrease''' raises or lowers the intensity of the effect layer at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity''' setting as the brush is swept back and forth over an area<br>
<td>'''Drag''' the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button</td>
'''Set Intensity''' will paint the effect layer in one sweep using the '''Intensity''' setting</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,355: Line 6,634:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
</td>
<span id="Fine_Couple"></span>
 
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Couple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>All coupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' can be performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag''' or through the objects '''Context Menu'''.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
 
<br>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using Click and Drag</span><br>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To '''Couple''' rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To paint with an '''Effect Layer'''<br>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be selected then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to individually select each object</td>
<td>select the '''Brush Tool''' from the '''Tools Palette''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;W&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
<td>select the '''&lt;effect layer name&gt;''' from the Brush '''Target''' drop down menu. If there are no '''Effect Layers''' listed then none have been created or installed</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select a Brush action from the second drop down list
<table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=100><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Set Intensity&#160;</span></td>
<td>If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it</td>
<td>will paint the '''Effect Layer''' at the '''Intensity''' level in the '''Tool Options Palette'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Increase&#160;</span></td>
<td>will paint the '''Effect Layer''' with each "sweep" of the brush '''increasing''' the layer '''Intensity''' up to the maximum (100%) at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity''' level</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Decrease&#160;</span></td>
<td>will paint the '''Effect Layer''' with each "sweep" of the brush '''decreasing''' the layer '''Intensity''' at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity''' level</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,398: Line 6,673:
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height</td>
<td>set any required Brush <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span>, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Intensity&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Sensitivity&#160;</span> controls from the '''Tool Options Palette'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click''' or '''Left Click and Drag''' on the terrain to paint with the '''Effect Layer'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,406: Line 6,688:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
Consider the following simple situation:-
 
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Water Effect Layer&#160;</span>===
 
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>A Water Effect Layer will cover the entire route. Use the '''Ground Height Brush''' to raise or lower the ground to hide and reveal the water where required</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
<table width=1000>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.</td>
<td colspan=3>When a '''Water Effect Layer''' has been selected as the'''Target''', the second drop down box will give a choice of five '''actions'''.<br>
The '''actions''' are identical to those found in the '''Ground Height''' brush plus a new action:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=120>
<td width=520>
<table width=120>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=110>'''Height Up'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the rolling stock object towards the consist.
<td>'''Height Down'''</td>
<br>
</tr>
<table width=495>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
<td>'''Set Height'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.</td>
<td>'''Grade'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Bulk Adjust'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td width=140>[[image:BrushToolsWaterEffect_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=740 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td width=520>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=736 cellpadding=2>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Height Up/Height Down''' raises or lowers the water layer under the brush at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity'''<br>
<td>When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.
'''Set Height''' will "plateau" the water layer under the brush to the '''Height''' setting at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity'''<br>
<br>
'''Grade''' creates a smooth slope under the brush at the '''Grade''' and '''Angle''' settings at a rate controlled by the '''Sensitivity''' - see '''Notes:''' below<br>
<table>
'''Bulk Adjust''' will move the entire water layer up or down - see '''Notes:''' below
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,458: Line 6,749:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using the Context Menu</span><br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
 
Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.
 
<span id="Free_Move_Merge"></span>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table width=480 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td colspan=2>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<table width=476 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>To create a flat water layer use '''Set Height''' rather than '''Height Up/Height Down''' and set the '''Brush Sensitivity''' to 100%</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key when '''Left''' clicking), on both objects<br>
<td>The '''Grade''' action can be used to create a river that slowly (or rapidly) falls over a set distance</td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''The order of selection <span style="font-size: 15px;">IS</span> important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
The '''Context Icon''' will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>Open the '''Rolling Stock Object Context Menu''' by either:-<br>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span><br>
<tr valign="top">
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr>
</table>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table width=996>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span>
<tr valign="top">
</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Unlike '''Surveyor Classic''', there is no upper limit to the brush <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span>. Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will '''decrease''' as the brush radius '''increases'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>It is '''NOT''' recommended that you use both '''Water Effect Layers''' and the original '''Legacy Water''' in the same route. Use one or the other but, where possible, avoid using both.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> is defined as '''vertical rise''' divided by '''horizontal distance''' converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Bulk Adjust''' action is not fully intuitive and will require some experimentation. It will raise and lower the water effect layer in the baseboard where the '''Left Click and Drag''' was executed. Areas within that baseboard where the water effect layer had previously been set to a different height will not be affected until the water level reaches the same height. The Water Effect Layer in surrounding baseboards will also start to move when the level reaches their current heights.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,506: Line 6,808:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000>
 
=='''Edit Effect Layers...'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepPlacement]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Effect Layers]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
When this '''Target''' is selected, the '''Edit Effect Layers''' options will appear. This is the same as selecting '''Edit Effect Layers ...''' from the [[image:SurveyorEditIcon.png|link=]] '''Surveyor Edit Menu'''.
 
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<td>[[image:EditMenuSelectEffectLayers.png|link=|alt=Open effect layers]]</td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] If no Effect Layers are present then you can create a new one<br>
[[image:NewEffectLayerEntry.png|link=|alt=New effect layer]]</td>
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] If Effect Layers are present then select one to edit<br>
[[image:EditEffectLayersMenu.png|link=|alt=Edit effect layers]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist
<td>'''Effect Layers''' are created for each route. You can select and edit a previously saved '''Effect Layer''' rather than having to recreate the entire effect each time.</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,522: Line 6,840:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
<td width=500>
<table cellpadding=2 bgcolor="Aquamarine">
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LinkWiki.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
More information on creating and editing '''Effect Layers''' can be found on the '''Trainz Wiki''' at:-<br>
<tr valign="top">
*'''[[TurfFX_Effect_Layer]]'''
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple4A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
*'''[[Clutter_Effect_Layer]]'''
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van
*'''[[Water_Effect_Layer]]'''
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepPlacement"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Edit Effect Layers...]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepBrush|alt=Next Up|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepEyedropper|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
</td>
 
='''The Placement Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Placing a Scenery Mesh Object]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<br>
<table width=1000>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.</td>
<td width=40>[[image:S20_PlacementToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;E&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Placement Tool&#160;</span> adds objects to a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr>
</table>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
 
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>This tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette''' and the '''Assets Palette'''. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr>
</table>
<td>The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the '''Context Icon'''. The '''Context Menu''' is opened and the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span> is selected with the result as shown below.</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple '''Left Click and Drag''' operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
The '''Placement Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>


===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
<table width=900>
 
<tr valign="top">
A selected rolling stock object, or a group of selected rolling stock objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<td width=200>[[image:PlacementTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Placement Tools]]</td>
 
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">More Placement Options</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>After an object has been placed in a route its position and height can be changed by:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>using the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Free Move Tool|Free Move Tool]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected rolling stock objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<table>
<td>using the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Fine Adjustment Tool|Fine Adjustment Tool]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click its '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsRollingStock_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>editing its <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> values in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
<td>selecting the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> option in its '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,587: Line 6,940:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000>
The first step is to identify and select the particular object that you want to add to the route.<br>
 
=='''Placing a Scenery Mesh Object'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Placing a Scenery or Track Spline]]</td>
<td width=780>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepPlacement]]</td>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor="lightcyan" width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in '''Trainz''' terminology as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Scenery Mesh Objects</span>.</td>
</tr>
</table>
 
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To add a '''Scenery Mesh Object''' the first step is to identify the exact asset you want to add.<br><br>
[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] In the '''Asset Palette''' either:-
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<table width=250 bgcolor=#0000ff>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<table width=246 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=246 align="center">'''Left''' click on an asset selection icon<br>
[[image:FilterSelectIcons.png|link=|alt=Filter Icons]]
<table>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>[[image:GroundTextureFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all ground textures</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:SceneryMeshFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
<td>all non-spline scenery assets</td>
----
Unlike other '''Context Menus''', the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> menu options are not selectable for '''Rolling Stock Objects''' because these objects cannot be added to a '''Scrapbook'''. The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save to Consist Asset...&#160;</span> option performs some of the '''Scrapbook''' functions for rolling stock.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,611: Line 6,986:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
</tr>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point</td>
<td>[[image:ScenerySplineFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all spline scenery assets</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>[[image:TrackSplineFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all track spline assets</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>[[image:TrackMeshFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all track (non spline) assets (signals, etc)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>[[image:TrainFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all rolling stock assets</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top" align="left">
<td>[[image:PresetFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>all '''Effect Layer''' presets</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>
<table width=250 bgcolor=#0000ff>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table width=246 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td align="center">'''Left''' click the '''Content Drop-down Box'''<br>
<td>the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
[[image:FilterSelect.png|link=|alt=Filter List]]<br>
Then select '''Scenery Objects'''<br>
[[image:FilterSelectSceneryObject_S20.png|link=|alt=Scenery Objects]]
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Shortcut&#160;</span><br>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height</td>
If you already have the same object placed in your route then:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span></td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1Blue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed</td>
<td>move the tool pointer over the object to be selected and hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key. The object name will appear in a '''ToolTip''' attached to the pointer</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Vehicle&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint2Blue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order </td>
<td>while holding down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key '''Left''' click on the object to identify it in the '''Assets Palette''' and automatically select it for placement with the '''Placement Tool'''. Release the key</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td colspan=2>Jump to '''Step [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]''' below.</td>
<td>reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td>the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;into&#160;Single&#160;Train&#160;</span></td>
<td>when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Fine_Couple|Coupling Rolling Stock Objects]]''' for more details</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save&#160;to&#160;Consist&#160;Asset...&#160;</span></td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
<td>To narrow down the filter list type part of the object name into the '''Search Text Box'''. For example if you have selected '''Scenery Objects''' and want to find "barns", then type "barn" ('''UPPER/lower''' case does not matter).</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:FilterSelectSearchBarn_S20.png|link=|alt=Text search]]</td>
<td><br>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]] This will list all the '''Scenery Objects''' containing the text "barn" in their name or description.<br>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:FilterSelectWoodenBarn_S20.png|link=|alt=Filtered list]]</td>
<td valign="middle">[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]] '''Left''' click on the required item in the list (e.g. "wooden barn").<br><br>
When selected the object will be highlighted on a blue background and its name will appear in the '''Assets Palette''' title bar.<br><br>
If you are not sure about an object then '''Double-Left''' click on the name to bring up its image and description or view its rotatimg and resizeable 3D image in the '''Preview Palette'''.<br><br>
<table width=700 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=696 bgcolor=#ffffe0>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>highlights the selected rolling stock object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
<td>'''Left''' clicking an object in the '''Assets Palette''' filter list will automatically activate the '''Placement Tool''' so the next '''Left''' click in the route will place that object in the route.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<table>
</td>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected rolling stock object</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,697: Line 7,097:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<table width=500>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]] The final step is to place the selected object into the route.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepMarquee]]</td>
<td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
# If the '''Placement Tool''' is not selected then '''Left''' click it or press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;E&#160;</span> key
# '''Click''' on the spot where you want to place the object</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
</table>
<table width=1000>
</td>
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Two '''Anchor Points''' on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line determine the height of an endpoint or an object above the ground.</td>
<td>
</tr>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>the height of a '''Rolling Stock Object''' (locomotive, wagon, etc) cannot be altered</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Object Height Anchor''', which is normally '''Black''' but turns '''Green''' when it is selected, controls the height of the object (including spline '''Endpoints''') above the ground. This Anchor point can be moved vertically by the tool pointer</td>
<td>the '''Placement Tool''' will remain on and active until another tool has been selected. So everytime you click another copy of the object (or another object if you change your selection) will be added to the route</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Ground Height Anchor''', which is '''Yellow''', marks the position of the object on the ground. This Anchor point cannot be moved vertically by the tool pointer but its height can be changed by setting the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> value</td>
<td>the last object placed will be highlighted (covered in "green/yellow"). This will be the selected object if you switch control to the '''Free Move Tool''' or the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table>
<td colspan=2>It is common for both height anchors to be at the same height but there are many situation where the two will be at different heights. The examples below show situations where the two are at different heights and the height of the '''Object Height Anchor''' will need to be adjusted.</td>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,736: Line 7,147:
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000>
 
=='''Placing a Scenery or Track Spline'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightUp.png|300px|link=]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Placing Track Objects]]</td>
<td width=700><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Object Height Above Ground Height&#160;</span><br>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Placing a Scenery Mesh Object]]</td>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To bring the object height down to the ground height:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' downwards on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line to bring the '''Object Height Anchor''' down to the same level as the '''Ground Height Anchor''' </td>
<tr>
<td>Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their '''endpoints'''. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
</td>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> Start the process of laying a track or spline by identifying and selecting the track or scenery spline as described in steps [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] to [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]] in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Placing_a_Scenery_Mesh_Object|Placing a Scenery Mesh Object]]''' above but in '''Step''' [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] select the '''Scenery Spline''' or the '''Track''' filter in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=475 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=471 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td colspan=2>To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving the height Anchor point, either:-</td>
<table>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=5>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' icons:-</td>
<td>zoom in closer to the Anchor point, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:ScenerySplineFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>use the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> fine adjustment arrows in the '''Info Palette''' object '''Pos''' controls. This can be used to set the height and position to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
<td>spline scenery assets</td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>[[image:TrackSplineFilter_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>track spline assets</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,777: Line 7,188:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=475 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightDown.png|300px|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td width=500><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Object Height Below Ground Height&#160;</span><br>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=471 cellpadding=2>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To bring the object height up to the ground height:-</td>
<td colspan=3>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' drop down list:-</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scenery Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' upwards on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line to bring the '''Object Height Anchor''' up to the same level as the '''Ground Height Anchor''' </td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Track&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,799: Line 7,216:
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightOK.png|link=]]
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table width=1000>
Then, after '''Step''' [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]], continue with the steps listed below:-<br>
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td rowspan=2 width=420>[[image:PlacementTrack1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>The '''"Click on the spot"''' as shown in '''Step''' [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]] will place the start or first '''endpoint''' of the spline.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint6.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Move the mouse in the direction you want to lay the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>
<td>[[image:PlacementTrack2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightFarDown.png|link]]</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint7.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=700>Where this method fails is when the height difference between the two Anchor points exceeds the length of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line so the '''Ground Height Anchor''' or the '''Object Height Anchor''' is at the very top of the Anchor line. Once it is in that position the '''Object Height Anchor''' can no longer be moved up or down because there is no vertical Anchor line to grab.
<td>When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the first spline segment, '''Left''' click the mouse. This will anchor the second spline endpoint. The spline between the two endpoints is the first spline segment.<br>
<br>
<br>
The spline segment will now have three '''Context Icons''', one for each '''endpoint''' and one for the spline segment.<br>
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=476 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>The '''Quick Solution''' to this problem is to:-</td>
<td>Different context menu options are provided depending on which icon you click on</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>open the object or endpont '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span>. For splines this option will force the spline segment to follow the contours of the ground but it will now be at the same height as the ground</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,833: Line 7,252:
</td>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
A more complex alternative method is to use the '''Surveyor Compass Rose''', the '''Info Palette''' and the '''Tool Options Palette'''.
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSetFocus.png|link=]]<br>
<td rowspan=2>[[image:PlacementTrack3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
The '''Surveyor Compass Rose'''</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint8.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the new endpoint and move the mouse in the direction you want to continue laying the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.</td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=696 cellpadding=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes: Curves for Trainz Geeks'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>Splines and track splines are created and stored using '''Bezier Curves''', a mathematical formula commonly used for curves in computer graphics. Each spline segment, curved or straight, is described using just 4 points regardless of its length and complexity. This gives significant savings in storage and processing. Unfortunately, real world curves are rarely described by simple '''Bezier Curves'''. This can sometimes create difficulties when modelling curves from the real world so approximations often have to be used in the '''Trainz World'''.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td rowspan=3>[[image:PlacementTrack4_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Right''' click on the terrain at a point which has the height that will be used by the object. This will position the '''Surveyor Compass Rose''' and record its data as the '''Focus'''</td>
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint9.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the second spline segment, '''Left''' click. This will anchor the third spline endpoint and the '''Context Icons''' will move to the new segment.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<td>Open the '''Focus''' controls in the '''Info Palette''' by a '''Left''' click on the small '''Right Arrowhead''' to the left of the '''Focus''' label</td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<td>
<table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=476 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteFocusUseHeight.png|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Info Palette''' stores the positional data, including the '''Height''' (the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value), of the '''Compass Rose''' under the label '''Focus'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Adding a Junction and Editing</span></td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value and select the menu option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span>. This will transfer the Focus <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value to the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> control</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Context Menu''' for the object (or spline endpoint)</td>
<td>To add a junction to a spline segment '''Left''' click on it with the '''Placement Tool''' at the point where you want to insert the junction, including at an '''endpoint'''. Then move the mouse to draw out the new spline segment.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>To edit a spline segment <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;DO NOT&#160;</span> click on it</span> with the '''Placement Tool''' as this will insert a junction. Select the '''Free Move Tool''' or the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' and then click on the segment to be edited.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
Line 6,885: Line 7,305:
</table>
</table>
</td>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Repeat '''Steps''' [[image:DotPoint8.JPG|link=]] and [[image:DotPoint9.JPG|link=]] above to continue laying the spline.</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table>
</table>
<br>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Spline Segment Heights&#160;</span>===
 
When you start adding a spline to a route it will always be placed at the height of the terrain regardless of the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting.<br>
 
However, you can set the end point heights of any selected segment.
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To set the height of a '''Spline Segment''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Lay the spline segment and while it is still highlighted...</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Enter a value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> and press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
<tr align="top">
<td colspan=2>The endpoints of the current spline segment will immediately be adjusted to the new height setting</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
=='''Placing Track Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepMarquee"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Placement Tool Options]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Placing a Scenery or Track Spline]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepMass|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<tr>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
<td>'''Track Objects''' (e.g. signals, speed signs, switches, etc), both visible and invisible, can only be attached to track splines.</td>
</tr>
</table>
 
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
<table>
<tr valign="top">
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Visible''' examples of track objects include:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Signals, speed signs, end buffers, switches</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Invisible''' examples of track objects include:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Trackmarks, triggers, direction and priority markers</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> Follow steps [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] to [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]] in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Placing_a_Scenery_Mesh_Object|Placing a Scenery Mesh Object]]''' above but in '''Step''' [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] select the '''Track Object''' filter in the '''Assets Palette'''.
<br>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=275 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=271 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' icons:-<br>
[[image:TrackMeshFilter_S20.png|link=]] track (non spline) assets</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=375 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=371 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' drop down list:-<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Track Objects&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
=='''Placing Rolling Stock Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Placement Tool Options]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Placing Track Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>'''Rolling Stock Objects''' (e.g. locomotives, passenger cars and wagons) can only be attached to track splines.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> Follow steps [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] to [[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]] in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Placing_a_Scenery_Mesh_Object|Placing a Scenery Mesh Object]]''' above but in '''Step''' [[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] select the '''Rolling Stock''' filter in the '''Assets Palette'''.
<br>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=275 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=271 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' icons:-<br>
[[image:TrainFilter_S20.png|link=]] rolling stock assets</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=50 align="center"><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#0000ff width=375 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=371 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Select from the '''Assets Palette''' drop down list:-<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rolling Stock&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
=='''Placement Tool Options'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Deleting Placed Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Placing Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>These options do not apply to '''Rolling Stock Objects'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>When using the '''Placement Tool''', the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting for all objects does not show a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Gold&#160;</span> coloured icon which indicates an "active" control setting <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">but</span> the setting <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; text-decoration: underline">is</span> active.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>To use the '''Height''' control with the '''Placement Tool''' a value must be entered followed by the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> key '''OR''' select the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> option from the objects '''Context Menu''' to use the current value. This must be performed '''after''' the object has been been placed.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Placement Mesh Objects Tool Options&#160;</span>===
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:PlacementMeshHeight0_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=200>[[image:PlacementMeshHeight3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
In '''Surveyor 2.0''' track objects can be given a height above (or below) the track.<br>
 
<table width=600 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=596 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To set the height of a selected '''Scenery or Track Mesh Object''':-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, enter a value <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>from the objects '''Context Menu''' select the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Info Palette''' enter a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain. The vertical yellow line shown in the second image on the left indicates the height change. The small yellow dot at the base of the line is the terrain '''attachment point''' for the object.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Placement Spline (and Track) Tool Options&#160;</span>===
<br>
Splines have two '''Placement Tool''' settings in the '''Tool Options Palette'''.
 
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:PlacementSplineTools_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span></td>
<td>spline gradient (see '''Notes:''' below). The finishing '''endpoint''' of each spline segment will be set higher (for a '''positive''' grade) or lower (for a '''negative''' grade) than the starting '''endpoint'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=696>0% (flat) to &#177;100% (steep but '''not''' vertical)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Condition&#160;</span></td>
<td>this applies to '''Track Spline''' objects and sets the track '''condition''' (or "ride comfort") for each segment</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=90 align="right">'''Range:'''&#160;</td>
<td width=696>1% (terrible track condition) to 100% (perfect track condition)<br>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=692 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Track Condition''' can also be set for each track segment in its '''Context Menu''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span> option</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=692 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> control is often active without showing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Gold&#160;</span> icon. This allows the height of the object to be adjusted after it has been placed.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The height of a '''selected''' spline '''endpoint''' or '''segment''' can be set by:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>entering a value in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>selecting the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option from the objects '''Context Menu''' to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>entering a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting in the '''Info Palette''' or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: gold; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> is defined as '''vertical rise''' divided by '''horizontal distance''' converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a gradient formed by both measurements having the same value (e.g. a rise of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical grade (such as up a cliff face) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
 
=='''Deleting Placed Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepEyedropper]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Placement Tool Options]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=420 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=416 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To delete objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the object or a group of objects using either the:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Free Move Tool''' (or press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span>) <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Fine Adjustment Tool''' (or press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;D&#160;</span>)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>Multiple objects can be selected by holding down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key when using these tools</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Then ..'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Either:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Context Menu''' of the object (or object group) and select the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> option
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=480>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=476 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>You can also use the '''Marquee Tool''' to select an area of the route to delete its objects</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>With these tools ('''Free Move''', '''Fine Adjustment''' and '''Marquee''') you can restrict the objects that can be selected and deleted by using filters in the '''Assets Palette'''. For more information see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Narrowing_the_Search|Narrowing the Search]]''' in the '''Eyedropper Tool''' section below</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepEyedropper"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Deleting Placed Objects]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepPlacement|alt=Next Up|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepFreeMove|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''The Eyedropper Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Quick Steps]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=40>[[image:S20_DropperToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;R&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Eyedropper Tool&#160;</span> identifies and selects objects in a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>This tool uses the '''Assets Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
The '''Eyedropper Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>An '''Eyedropper''' is available in all the tools. Hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Alt&#160;</span> key when using another tool and move the pointer onto an object to reveal its name</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:EyedropperTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Eyedropper Tools]]</td>
<td>When selected, the '''Eyedropper Tool''' will change the tool pointer to an "eyedropper" icon.<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>move the '''eyedropper''' pointer over any object to reveal its name in a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;ToolTip&#160;</span> below the pointer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>hold the '''eyedropper''' over any object for a few seconds to reveal more information</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click  on an object to select it in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Quick Steps'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Narrowing the Search]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepEyedropper]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]] With the '''Eyedropper Tool''' selected, move the tool pointer (which will now be an eyedropper symbol) onto any object in view.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:EyedropperToolSelect2_S20.png|link=|alt=Eyedropper]]</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the object to identify it (highlighted in '''grey''') in the '''Assets Palette''' filter list''' [[image:AssetFilterNameHighlighted_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:EyedropperToolAssetSelected_S20.png|link=|alt=Asset filter set by the Eyedropper in S20]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the object name in the '''Assets Palette''' filter list to select it (highlighted in blue) and switch control to the '''Placement Tool'''<br>
[[image:AssetFilterNameSelected_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Narrowing the Search'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepFreeMove]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Quick Steps]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Sometimes (or often) a scene will be too crowded with different scenery objects to be able to use the '''Eyedropper Tool''' to easily select a single object. In these cases additional options are available to help "remove the clutter".</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>These filter options can be used with the '''Placement Tool''', '''Free Move Tool''', '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' and the '''Marquee Tool''' as well as with the '''Eyedropper Tool'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
At the top of the '''Assets Palette''' is a drop down box which controls how the '''Tool''' works with the filters that you set.<br>
<table width=550>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:AssetsPalette_S20.png|link=|alt=Assets palette]]</td>
<td width=350>The drop down box will provide three options:-<br>
<table width=350>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150>
<table width=150>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Filter List'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Filter Selection'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:BulletTick.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Filter Visibility'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=200>[[image:AssetsPaletteFilterOptions_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
These options work with the '''Asset Filters''' to help narrow the search for a specific object or type of object that is in the route.<br>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=120><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15ps; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter List&#160;</span></td>
<td>this option will have no effect on the operation of the '''Tool''' or on the objects displayed on the screen. It is the default setting and any selections made with the '''Tool''' will be shown in the '''Assets Palette''' as described in the section '''Quick Steps''' above.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15ps; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter Selection&#160;</span></td>
<td>this option will restrict the '''Tool''' to only working on those objects that are in the filtered list. Objects that are not in the filtered list cannot be selected. </td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15ps; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter Visibility&#160;</span></td>
<td>this option will '''hide''' all objects that are not in the filtered list. The only exceptions are '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''' which will be visible but, unless they are also in the filtered list, cannot be selected.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
As an example the following images show the progressive application of a '''Visibility Filter'''.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:AssetFilterScene1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:AssestFilteredScene1.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
[[image:DotPoint1Blue.png|link=]] No filter has been applied.<br>
<br>
All the objects are visible on the Surveyor screen.<br>
<br>
'''ALL''' objects can be selected.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:AssetFilterScene2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:AssestFilteredScene2.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
[[image:DotPoint2Blue.png|link=]] The '''Visibility Filter''' option has been applied and the filtered list has been set to display only '''Scenery Splines'''.<br>
<br>
All objects except '''Scenery Splines''', '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''' are now hidden.<br>
<br>
Now only '''Scenery Splines''' can be selected.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:AssetFilterScene3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:AssestFilteredScene3.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
[[image:DotPoint3Blue.png|link=]] An additional filter has been applied. The word "fence" has been added to the search text box.<br>
<br>
All '''Scenery Splines''' that do not have the text "fence" in their names or descriptions have now been hidden.<br>
<br>
Now only the remaining visible '''Scenery Splines''' can be selected.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepFreeMove"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Narrowing the Search]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepEyedropper|alt=Next Up|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''The Free Move Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Free Move: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=40>[[image:S20_FreeMoveToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;S&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Free Move Tool&#160;</span> moves objects around a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>This tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
The '''Free Move Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:FreeMoveTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Free Move Tools]]</td>
<td>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Free Move Alternatives</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In addition to the '''Free Move Tool''' the position and height of objects can be changed by:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>using the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Fine Adjustment Tool|Fine Adjustment Tool]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>editing its <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> values in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>selecting the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> option in its '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Free Move: Scenery Mesh Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Free Move: Track Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepFreeMove]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor="lightcyan" width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in '''Trainz''' terminology as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Scenery Mesh Objects</span>.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Move a Mesh Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250>[[image:FreeMoveToolCar_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=650>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move a '''Scenery Mesh Object''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Free Move Tool''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object in any '''horizontal''' direction</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>When moving a scenery object, its height will be '''fixed''' to the terrain height.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Set the Height of a Mesh Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=700 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=696 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To set the height of a selected scenery mesh object:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, enter a value <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>from the objects '''Context Menu''' select the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Info Palette''' enter a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Mesh Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td>A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. '''Left''' click on the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key. The icon design will vary between object types.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuMeshObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=780>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If no object has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> option</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reset&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Randomise&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>applies a random rotation angle to each object around its vertical axis</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Free Move: Track Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Free Move: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Free Move: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>'''Track Objects''' (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in '''Surveyor Classic''' that was the limit of their movement. '''Surveyor 2.0''' brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Move a Track Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move a track object horizontally:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object anywhere in the horizontal plane including away from the track</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
[[image:FreeMoveTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=796 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>placing '''Track Marks''' and '''Triggers''' above (see the next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally. <br>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Set the Height of a Track Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be raised above and lowered below the track level.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]<br>
'''Throw Lever''' track object level with the track</td>
<td rowspan=2 width=600>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move a selected track object vertically:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, enter a value <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>from the objects '''Context Menu''' select the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Info Palette''' enter a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the track.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=600 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveTrackObjectMoveHV_S20.png|link=]]<br>
After being moved vertically</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Track Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>To open a selected track objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsTrackObjects_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach&#160;to&#160;Track&#160;</span></td>
<td>if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Trackside&#160;</span></td>
<td>reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Junction&#160;Direction&#160;</span></td>
<td>if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their '''Context Menu''' and selecting:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span> to cancel the both the height and position changes, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> to cancel the height change only</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveTrackObjectReversed_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To rotate a track object:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the track objects '''Context Menu''' (click the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate Trackside&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Free Move: Spline Objects (Including Track)'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Free Move: Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Free Move: Track Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their '''endpoints'''. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Moving a spline can involve moving:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an endpoint, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>a segment, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>multiple segments including the whole length of the spline</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Move Spline Endpoints&#160;</span>===
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=450>[[image:FreeMoveToolSpline_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=450>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=450 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=446 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move an individual spline endpoint:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Free Move Tool''' or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the selected spline endpoint in any '''horizontal''' direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Active (selected) endpoints are shown as '''green'''. Inactive spline endpoints are shown as '''black'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=450 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=446 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The spline endpoint will be '''fixed''' at its original height.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Move Spline Segments&#160;</span>===
Splines are frequently made of multiple segments joined together. You can easily move a spline by moving its segments, individually or as a group.<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveSplineSegments_S20.png|link=|alt=spline made of 3 joined segments]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Not all splines have endpoints at each ends. As shown in the image on the left, some splines will have an "endcap" that is attached to the start of the first segment and to the end of the last segment. The use of an endcap is a purely cosmetic effect - to give the spline a more distinctive appearance.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveSplineSegmentSelected_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=500>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move an individual segment or multiple segments:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Free Move Tool''' or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;S&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the spline segment to be moved - click anywhere between the two spline endpoints on the segment<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the selected segment will be highlighted in '''green/yellow'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The segment will have a temporary endpoint inserted at the location you clicked.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Temporary spline endpoints can be made permanent by selecting the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Insert Spline Point Here&#160;</span> option from the segment '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveSplineSegmentsAllSelected_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=500>
<table width=500>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''IF''' you are going to select and move more than one spline segment, then:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>hold the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key down and individually '''Left''' click between the endpoints on each additional segment.<br>
<br>
The '''last''' segment that you click will have the temporary endpoint added.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To select '''ALL''' the segments in a spline, '''Double-Left''' click on a segment<br>
If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point<br>
<br>
The segment that you double-clicked will have the context icons and the temporary endpoint added</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the selected segment(s) in any horizontal direction.<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>If you had selected:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>only a single spline segment then only that segment will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will have their shapes (but not their endpoints) adjusted</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>multiple spline segments then those segments will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will also have their shapes adjusted</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the entire spline then '''ALL''' the segments and endpoints will be moved</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:FreeMoveSplineSegmentSelectedMoved_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveSplineSegmentsAllSelectedMoved_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Spline Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=420>[[image:ContextIconsSpline_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=480 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=476 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Splines have two different '''Context Icons''' that lead to two slightly different '''Context Menus'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>one context icon and menu for each '''endpoint'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>one context icon and menu for the '''segment'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a '''Double-Left Click''' then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>To open a selected objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:SplineContextIcons_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:SplineEndPointContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Endpoint Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=240>[[image:SplineSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]][[image:TrackSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Segment Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineSegment_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Spline&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>endpoint</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>segment</u>''' or '''<u>segments</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Grade&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the endpoint to give a '''Grade''' to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Straighten&#160;Spline&#160;</span></td>
<td>forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Separate&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;  color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Insert&#160;Spline&#160;Point&#160;Here&#160;</span></td>
<td>inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected spline</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Free Move: Rolling Stock Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Free Move: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>'''Rolling Stock Objects''' (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Move Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
Use the '''Free Move''' tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, '''Double Left''' click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table wifth=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=520 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=516 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">X</span> rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".<br>
This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.<br>
[[image:PlacementRollingStockCollision_S20.png|360px|link=]]<br>
The simple solution is to use the '''Free Move Tool''' to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>All decoupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' are performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps</span> To Decouple rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Release the object on an unoccupied section of track</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key and '''Left''' click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select one ('''Left''' click) or more (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click) rolling stock objects inside a consist</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5A_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object or objects out of the consist<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; background-color: yellow;">Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not.</span> Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The rotating yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">X</span> floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Drag''' the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span id="Free_Couple"></span>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Couple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>All coupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' can be performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag''' or through the objects '''Context Menu'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using Click and Drag</span><br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To '''Couple''' rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be selected then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to individually select each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Consider the following simple situation:-
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=520>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the rolling stock object towards the consist.
<br>
<table width=495>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=520>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using the Context Menu</span><br>
Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.
<span id="Free_Move_Merge"></span>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=480 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=476 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key when '''Left''' clicking), on both objects<br>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''The order of selection <span style="font-size: 15px;">IS</span> important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
The '''Context Icon''' will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Rolling Stock Object Context Menu''' by either:-<br>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span><br>
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple4A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the '''Context Icon'''. The '''Context Menu''' is opened and the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span> is selected with the result as shown below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple '''Left Click and Drag''' operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Free Move: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected rolling stock  object, or a group of selected rolling stock  objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected rolling stock objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click its '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsRollingStock_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=780>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
Unlike other '''Context Menus''', the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> menu options are not selectable for '''Rolling Stock Objects''' because these objects cannot be added to a '''Scrapbook'''. The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save to Consist Asset...&#160;</span> option performs some of the '''Scrapbook''' functions for rolling stock.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span></td>
<td>this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Vehicle&#160;</span></td>
<td>rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order </td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td>reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td>the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;into&#160;Single&#160;Train&#160;</span></td>
<td>when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Free_Couple|Coupling Rolling Stock Objects]]''' for more details</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save&#160;to&#160;Consist&#160;Asset...&#160;</span></td>
<td>saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected rolling stock object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected rolling stock object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepFineAdjustment"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Narrowing the Search]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepFreeMove|alt=Next Up|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepMarquee|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''The Fine Adjustment Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=40>[[image:S20_FineAdjustmentToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;D&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Fine Adjustment Tool&#160;</span> makes 3D adjustments (position and rotations) to objects in a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=900 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>This tool uses the '''Tool Options Palette'''. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
The '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:FineAdjustmentTools_S20.png|link=|alt=Fine Adjustment Tools]]</td>
<td>
<table width=700>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Fine Adjustment Alternatives</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In addition to the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' the position and height of objects can be changed by:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>using the [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Free Move Tool|Free Move Tool]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>editing its <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p&#160;</span> <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> values in [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>selecting the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> option in its '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>The most obvious feature of the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' is the '''3D Anchor Frame''' it adds to a selected object. The frame is made of 3 straight and 3 curved coloured lines, called <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Anchors</span>, which control position and orientation.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250>[[image:FineAdjust3DFrame_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=750>The '''Anchor''' controls are:-
<table width=750>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Horizontal and Vertical Anchors&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></td>
<td>move the object (forward/back or up/down) in the direction of the '''Anchor''' line</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=750>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Rotational Anchors&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></td>
<td width=350>rotate the object (clockwise and anti-clockwise) along the '''Anchor Arc Line''' centred around the '''Anchor Straight Line''' of the same colour</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=250 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=246 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Not all objects will have <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> and/or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> rotational Anchors.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=750>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;The Object Anchor&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: black;">&#160;&#160;&#160;&#160;</span> (black central dot) moves the object in any horizontal direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To use the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' controls:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>move the tool pointer onto an Anchor - its colour will change to yellow for Anchor lines or green for the Object Anchor</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the '''Object Anchor''' in any direction or move the pointer along the chosen '''Anchor Line''' in the required direction (e.g. up on the blue vertical Anchor or clockwise around the arc of the red rotational Anchor)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving anchor points, either:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>zoom in closer to the anchor point, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>use the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> fine adjustment arrows in the '''Info Palette''' object '''Pos''' controls. These arrows can be used to set the height and position to '''cm''' accuracy (see<br>
[[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Track Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor="lightcyan" width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in '''Trainz''' terminology as <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Scenery Mesh Objects</span>.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move a Mesh Object&#160;</span>===
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=796 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move an object with the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' anywhere on the selected object (except on an '''Anchor''' line) to move it freely in any horizontal direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on an Anchor line to move or rotate it in the direction of the line or arc</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>These operations can also be performed on a group of selected objects. The 3D Anchor Frame will be on the last object added to the group.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor movement<br>[[image:FineAdjustZMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustYawMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustPitchMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=20>&#160;</td>
<td width=250 align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Anchor rotation<br>[[image:FineAdjustRotateXYMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
Objects can be restored to their original height and rotation settings by opening their '''Context Menu''' and selecting either:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reset Object Rotation&#160;</span> to cancel the rotation changes, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> to cancel the height change</td>
</tr>
</table>
The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Randomise Object Rotation&#160;</span> option in the '''Context Menu''' only affects rotations around the vertical axis.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Mesh Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td>A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. '''Left''' click on the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key. The icon design will vary between object types.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuMeshObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=780>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If no object has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> option</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reset&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Randomise&#160;Object&#160;Rotation&#160;</span></td>
<td>applies a random <span style="font-weight: 700;"><span style="font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Rotation Anchor</span> angle to each object around its vertical axis</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Track Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>'''Track Objects''' (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in '''Surveyor Classic''' that was the limit of their movement. '''Surveyor 2.0''' brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move a Track Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move a track object horizontally:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>For movements '''along the track''' - '''Left Click and Drag''':-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>anywhere within the object (except on an '''Anchor Line''' or '''Anchor Point'''), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> horizontal '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line and track only)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>For movements '''left or right''' of the track - '''Left Click and Drag'''<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>on the '''Object Anchor''' (the '''black dot''') to get unrestricted horizontal movement</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>For most track objects the '''Rotational Anchors''' have no effect</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>placing '''Track Marks''' and '''Triggers''' above (see next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=600 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Set the Height of a Track Object&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>'''Track objects''' can be raised above and lowered below the track level.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveH_S20.png|link=]]<br>
'''Throw Lever''' track object level with track</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To move a selected track object vertically:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical '''Anchor''' line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting, enter a value <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>from the objects '''Context Menu''' select the <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span> option to apply an existing height value, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Dblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>in the '''Info Palette''' enter a value in the objects <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> (height) setting or '''Left Click and Drag''' Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>For most track objects the '''Rotational Anchors''' have no effect</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectMoveHV_S20.png|link=]]<br>
After being moved vertically</td>
<td>
<br>
<table width=600 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Track Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected track objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsTrackObjects_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuTrackObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the selected object or objects and move them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>copy the selected object or objects and place them into the '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Object&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the objects to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach&#160;to&#160;Track&#160;</span></td>
<td>if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Trackside&#160;</span></td>
<td>reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Junction&#160;Direction&#160;</span></td>
<td>if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=850 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=846 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their '''Context Menu''' and selecting:-
<table>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span> to cancel the both the height and position changes, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> to cancel the height change only</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FineAdjustTrackObjectReversed_S20.png|400px|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To rotate a track object:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the track objects '''Context Menu''' (click the icon or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate Trackside&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Track Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their '''endpoints'''. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Moving a spline can involve moving:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an endpoint, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>a segment, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top:>
<td width=20>[[image:Cblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>multiple segments including the whole length of the spline</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Endpoints&#160;</span>===
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=280>[[image:FineAdjustSplineEndPoint_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=620>
The '''3D Anchor Frame''' shown is for a spline '''endpoint'''.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move an individual spline endpoint:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Left''' click on, the spline endpoint to be moved.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Note:''' only the horizontal <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> and the vertical <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> lines can be selected.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' either:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an '''Anchor''' to move the endpoint in that specific direction, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>the endpoint itself to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Segments&#160;</span>===
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> rotational Anchor '''CANNOT''' be used on '''Track splines'''
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=280>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegment_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=620>The '''3D Anchor Frame''' shown is for a spline '''segment'''.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move spline segments:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Left''' click on, the spline segment to be moved.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' either:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>an '''Anchor''' to move the endpoint in that specific direction, <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>anywhere in a segment to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To select:-
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>more than one segment. Hold the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key down and individually '''Left''' click on each segment</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''ALL''' the segments. '''Double-Left''' click on a segment. If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentStraight_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Selecting a spline segment with the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' will add a '''Temporary Endpoint''' at the point where the segment was clicked.<br>
<br>
This will produce 3 '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' control frames, one at each end of the segment and one at the click point, as shown in the image on the left. The whole segment can be moved, as shown in the following images, by a '''Left Click and Drag''' anywhere within the segment.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentXYMove_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment moved to the right along the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal Anchor line</td>
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentZMove_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment moved up along the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></span> straight anchor lines will move the whole segment along the direction of the line
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentRotate_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment rotated anti-clockwise around the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> rotational Anchor arc line</td>
<td width=320>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSegmentPitch_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Segment rotated clockwise around the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> rotational Anchor arc line</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span></span> curved anchor lines will rotate the whole segment around the axis of the same colour
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> line height change and a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Anchor rotation can be cancelled at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span> option from the segments '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Anchor rotation can be straightened at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Straighten Spline&#160;</span> option from the segments '''Context Menu''' but this will not return the '''endpoints''' to their original positions
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Spline Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=420>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click the '''Context Icon''' [[image:SplineContextIcons_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=580 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=576 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Splines have two different '''Context Icons''' that lead to two slightly different '''Context Menus'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>one context icon and menu for each '''endpoint'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>one context icon and menu for the '''segment'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a '''Double-Left Click''' then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:SplineEndPointContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Endpoint Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineObject_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=240>[[image:SplineSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]][[image:TrackSegmentContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Segment Context Menu&#160;</span><br>
[[image:ContextMenuSplineSegment_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>remove the segment or segments and move them into the '''Scrapbook''' (not available for '''Endpoints''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>paste the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Replace&#160;Spline&#160;with&#160;Selected&#160;Asset&#160;</span></td>
<td>the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the '''Assets Palette'''. If the asset selected in the '''Assets Palette''' is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle&#160;on&#160;Ground&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>endpoint</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the selected '''<u>segment</u>''' or '''<u>segments</u>''' to the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply&#160;Grade&#160;to&#160;this&#160;Spline&#160;Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
<td>sets the height of the endpoint to give a '''Grade''' to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the '''Tool Options''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Grade&#160;</span> text box</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Straighten&#160;Spline&#160;</span></td>
<td>forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be [[image:Tick.PNG|link=]] ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Separate&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;Splines&#160;</span></td>
<td>removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;  color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Insert&#160;Spline&#160;Point&#160;Here&#160;</span></td>
<td>inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected spline</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>'''Rolling Stock Objects''' (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.</td>
</tr>
</table>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Move Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
Use the '''Fine Adjustment''' tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, '''Double Left''' click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FineAdjustRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=520>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>Despite their presence in the '''Fine Adjustment Tool 3D Anchor Frame''' the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> <span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> <span style=" color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Rotational Anchor lines</span> and the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Vertical Anchor Line</span> will '''NOT''' work on '''Rolling Stock Objects'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Object Anchor</span> (the central dot) will move the selected rolling stock object or objects in any horizontal direction but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> Horizontal Anchor Line</span> will move the selected rolling stock object or objects along the track</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link-]]</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;"><span style="color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> Horizontal Anchor Line</span> will move the selected rolling stock object or objects horizontally off the track but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">X</span> rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".<br><br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td width=360>[[image:PlacementRollingStockCollision_S20.png|360px|link=]]</td>
<td>This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.<br>
<br>
The simple solution is to use the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>All decoupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' are performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps</span> To Decouple rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Release the object on an unoccupied section of track</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key and '''Left''' click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select one ('''Left''' click) or more (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click) rolling stock objects inside a consist</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple5A_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object or objects out of the consist<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; background-color: yellow;">Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not.</span> Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The rotating yellow <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">X</span> floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Drag''' the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span id="Fine_Couple"></span>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Couple Rolling Stock Objects&#160;</span>===
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>All coupling operations between '''Rolling Stock Objects''' can be performed using just a '''Left Click and Drag''' or through the objects '''Context Menu'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using Click and Drag</span><br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To '''Couple''' rolling stock objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select ('''Left''' click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has to be selected then use a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> '''Left''' click to individually select each object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Consider the following simple situation:-
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=520>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' the rolling stock object towards the consist.
<br>
<table width=495>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=520>
<table width=520>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Using the Context Menu</span><br>
Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.
<span id="Free_Move_Merge"></span>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=480 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=476 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select, '''Shift Left Click''' (hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key when '''Left''' clicking), on both objects<br>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''The order of selection <span style="font-size: 15px;">IS</span> important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
The '''Context Icon''' will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Rolling Stock Object Context Menu''' by either:-<br>
[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span><br>
[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key
</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple3A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=480>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockCouple4A_S20.png|link=]]<br>
Using the '''Merge into a Single Train''' option with the '''Context Icon''' on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the '''Context Icon'''. The '''Context Menu''' is opened and the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge into Single Train&#160;</span> is selected with the result as shown below.</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>[[image:FreeMoveRollingStockMultiMerge2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td>The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple '''Left Click and Drag''' operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu&#160;</span>===
A selected rolling stock object, or a group of selected rolling stock objects, will have a '''Context Icon''' that opens a '''Context Menu'''. The icon design will vary between object types.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=396>To open a selected rolling stock objects '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=376>'''Left''' click its '''Context Icon''' [[image:ContextIconsRollingStock_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=220>[[image:ContextMenuRollingStock_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=780>
<table width=780 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=776 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
Unlike other '''Context Menus''', the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> menu options are not selectable for '''Rolling Stock Objects''' because these objects cannot be added to a '''Scrapbook'''. The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save to Consist Asset...&#160;</span> option performs some of the '''Scrapbook''' functions for rolling stock.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>the texture selected in the '''Assets Palette''' will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The '''Tool Options''' for the '''Brush Tool''' ('''Radius''' and '''Sensitivity''') will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Smooth&#160;Ground&#160;Under&#160;Selected&#160;</span></td>
<td>changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Reattach to Track&#160;</span></td>
<td>this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Vehicle&#160;</span></td>
<td>rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order </td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Change&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td>reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotate&#160;Consist&#160;Heading&#160;</span></td>
<td>the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Merge&#160;into&#160;Single&#160;Train&#160;</span></td>
<td>when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Fine_Couple|Coupling Rolling Stock Objects]]''' for more details</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Save&#160;to&#160;Consist&#160;Asset...&#160;</span></td>
<td>saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>highlights the selected rolling stock object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Edit&#160;Properties&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens the '''Properties''' window of the selected rolling stock object</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepMarquee]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Two '''Anchor Points''' on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line determine the height of an endpoint or an object above the ground.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the height of a '''Rolling Stock Object''' (locomotive, wagon, etc) cannot be altered</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Object Height Anchor''', which is normally '''Black''' but turns '''Green''' when it is selected, controls the height of the object (including spline '''Endpoints''') above the ground. This Anchor point can be moved vertically by the tool pointer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Ground Height Anchor''', which is '''Yellow''', marks the position of the object on the ground. This Anchor point cannot be moved vertically by the tool pointer but its height can be changed by setting the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> value</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>It is common for both height anchors to be at the same height but there are many situation where the two will be at different heights. The examples below show situations where the two are at different heights and the height of the '''Object Height Anchor''' will need to be adjusted.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightUp.png|300px|link=]]</td>
<td width=700><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Object Height Above Ground Height&#160;</span><br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To bring the object height down to the ground height:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' downwards on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line to bring the '''Object Height Anchor''' down to the same level as the '''Ground Height Anchor''' </td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving the height Anchor point, either:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>zoom in closer to the Anchor point, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>use the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> fine adjustment arrows in the '''Info Palette''' object '''Pos''' controls. This can be used to set the height and position to '''cm''' accuracy (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The Info Palette|The Info Palette]]''' below).</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightDown.png|300px|link=]]</td>
<td width=500><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Object Height Below Ground Height&#160;</span><br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To bring the object height up to the ground height:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' upwards on the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line to bring the '''Object Height Anchor''' up to the same level as the '''Ground Height Anchor''' </td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightOK.png|link=]]
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>
[[image:FineAdjustSplineHeightFarDown.png|link]]</td>
<td width=700>Where this method fails is when the height difference between the two Anchor points exceeds the length of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor line so the '''Ground Height Anchor''' or the '''Object Height Anchor''' is at the very top of the Anchor line. Once it is in that position the '''Object Height Anchor''' can no longer be moved up or down because there is no vertical Anchor line to grab.
<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td colspan=2>The '''Quick Solution''' to this problem is to:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>open the object or endpont '''Context Menu'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Settle on Ground&#160;</span>. For splines this option will force the spline segment to follow the contours of the ground but it will now be at the same height as the ground</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
A more complex alternative method is to use the '''Surveyor Compass Rose''', the '''Info Palette''' and the '''Tool Options Palette'''.
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=300>[[image:FineAdjustSplineSetFocus.png|link=]]<br>
The '''Surveyor Compass Rose'''</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Right''' click on the terrain at a point which has the height that will be used by the object. This will position the '''Surveyor Compass Rose''' and record its data as the '''Focus'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Focus''' controls in the '''Info Palette''' by a '''Left''' click on the small '''Right Arrowhead''' to the left of the '''Focus''' label</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteFocusUseHeight.png|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Info Palette''' stores the positional data, including the '''Height''' (the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value), of the '''Compass Rose''' under the label '''Focus'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the white '''Down Arrowhead''' next to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value and select the menu option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span>. This will transfer the Focus <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span> value to the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> control</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Open the '''Context Menu''' for the object (or spline endpoint)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint5.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepMarquee"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepFineAdjustment|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepMass|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''The Marquee Tool'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#The Marquee Tool and the Assets Palette Filter]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=40>[[image:S20_MarqueeToolIcon.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=160>'''Keyboard Shortcut:''' <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px;">&#160;F&#160;</span></td>
<td width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">The <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Marquee Tool&#160;</span> selects and copies the objects, deletes baseboards, adds new baseboards and sets their properties in a Trainz World</span></td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>Some features of this tool use the '''Scrapbook Palette''', '''Assets Palette''' and '''Tool Options Palette'''. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Notes_Palettes|Notes: Palettes]]''' at the top of this document.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
The '''Marquee Tool''' has no drop down menu lists.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:MarqueeTools_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=800 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>The '''Marquee Tool''' draws out a rectangular area, the '''Marquee Selection Area''', on the route. Any objects (including '''Ground Heights''', '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''') that are inside the '''Marquee Selection Area''' or touched by its boundary will be selected.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=796 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You can use the '''Asset Palette''' filters to restrict the objects that will be selected in the '''Marquee Selection Area'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
[[image:MarqueeSelectArea_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>In the image above:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a road spline at the bottom and a house at the lower left of the '''Marquee Selection Area'''  have been overlain by the drawn rectangle so they have been included in the selection.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Marquee Selection Area''' was drawn from the top left to the bottom right which places the Marquee '''Context Icon''' at the bottom right of the rectangle.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the bottom right of the '''Marquee Selection Area''' also has a '''3D Anchor Frame'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The road spline was the last object that was included in the selection area so its '''Context Icons''' are also present.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Not shown in the image, because they are not highlighted, are the '''Ground Heights''', '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''' that are also included in the '''Marquee Selection Area'''.
<br>
<table width=900>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=360>[[image:MarqueeAreaTools_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>The Marquee Selection Area '''3D Anchor Frame''' has some similarities to the one used with the '''Fine Adjustment Tool.<br>
<table width=540>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal Anchors will move the Marquee and all its contents in the Anchor direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> rotational Anchor will rotate the Marquee with all its contents in the direction of the rotation movement</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td bgcolor="yellow"><span style="font-weight: 700;">there are no <span style="font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> rotational Anchors</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>at the centre of the '''3D Anchor Frame''' is a '''Select Area Anchor'''. '''Left Click and Drag''' this Anchor point to move the Marquee with all its contents in any horizontal direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>each of the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;Red&#160;</span> horizontal Anchors has a '''resize Anchor''', an orange coloured dot, located at its end. '''Left Click and Drag''' these Anchor points to resize the '''Marquee Selection Area''' (and its contents) in that specific direction</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To Create a '''Marquee Selection Area''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the '''Marquee Tool''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' out the '''Marquee Selection Area''' around the objects to be selected</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''The Marquee Tool and the Assets Palette Filter'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Marquee Anchor Controls]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepMarquee]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>The '''Assets Palette''' filter tools can be used to restrict the objects selected by the '''Marquee Tool'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=800>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200>[[image:AssetsPaletteFilterSelection_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=600>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=600 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=596 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To restrict the objects selected by the '''Marquee Tool''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>set the '''Filter Type''' in the '''Assets Palette''' to <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Filter Selection&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>set the other filter options in the '''Assets Palette''' to narrow down the type of objects (e.g. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Scenery Splines&#160;</span> and/or enter a partial name in the '''Text Box''')</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the '''Marquee Tool''' from the '''Tools Palette''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F&#160;</span> key)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' out the '''Marquee Selection Area''' around the objects to be selected</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Only those objects identified in the '''Assets Palette''' filters will be selected by the '''Marquee'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Using the '''Filters''' shown above, the '''Marquee Selection Area''' only selects scenery spline objects.<br>
[[image:MarqueeSelectSplines_S20.png|link=]]<br>
<br>
=='''Marquee Anchor Controls'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Marquee Context Menu]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#The Marquee Tool and the Assets Palette Filter]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
The following images demonstrate the effect of using the '''Marquee Anchor Controls''' on the image shown at the top of this section as the starting point.<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Horizontal Anchor Shift&#160;</span>
<br>
<table width=950 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=946 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: green;">&#160;Green&#160;</span> horizontal Anchor has been used to shift the Marquee Selection Area to the left. Note that the 3 trees and a small building that were on the left of the Marquee Selection Area in the image above have been replaced (overwritten) by the Marquee contents. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.</td>
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>[[image:MarqueeSelectAreaShift_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Rotational Anchor Shift&#160;</span>
<br>
<table width=950 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=946 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> rotational '''Anchor''' has been used to rotate the '''Marquee Selection Area''' about 45&#176; anti-clockwise. Again, anything that was originally in the area now covered by the '''Marquee Selection Area''' has been replaced by the contents of the Marquee. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.</td>
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>[[image:MarqueeSelectAreaRotate_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Vertical Anchor Shift&#160;</span>
<br>
<table width=950 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=946 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> vertical Anchor has been used to lift the Marquee Selection Area upwards.</td>
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=23>&#160;</td>
<td>[[image:MarqueeSelectAreaUplift_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=3>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=896>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The '''Marquee Anchors''' will move:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the selected scenery objects. If the objects are in locked layers then they will be copied before being moved and the original objects will remain in place</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the ground textures. As shown in two of the images this will leave the original baseboard ground texture showing</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the effect layers</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the ground heights</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Marquee Context Menu'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Scrapbook Operations]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Marquee Anchor Controls]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>To open the Marquee '''Context menu''' either:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click the '''Marquee Context Icon''' [[image:MarqueeContextIcon_S20.png|link=]] <span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">OR</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]]</td>
<td>Press the <span style="color: white; background-color: black; font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;T&#160;</span> key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1006 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=295 bgcolor=#ffffff><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Marquee Context Menu&#160;</span><br>[[image:MarqueeContextMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=705>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new '''Scrapbook'''. Any scenery objects (excluding '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers''') that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>the objects selected in the Marquee area (including '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers''') will be copied and placed into a new '''Scrapbook'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;to&#160;Selected&#160;Area&#160;</span></td>
<td>the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted into the Marquee area. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the '''Filters''' in the '''Scrapbook Palette''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The_Scrapbook_Data|Scrapbook Data]]''' for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;</span></td>
<td>the selected scenery '''objects''' that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but '''NOT''' the selected '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table>
<tr>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paint&#160;Within&#160;Marquee&#160;</span></td>
<td>the currently selected '''Ground Texture''' will be painted into the Marquee area using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Radius&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Sensitivity&#160;</span> settings in the '''Brush Tool Options'''. If no texture has been selected in the '''Assets Palette''' then this option will be greyed out.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 wcellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>If the '''Marquee Selection Area''' goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting and filled with the selected texture from the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Set&#160;Marquee&#160;to&#160;Brush&#160;Height&#160;</span></td>
<td>the '''Ground Height''' in the Marquee area will be set using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting in the '''Brush Tool Options'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>If the '''Marquee Selection Area''' goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces and set their height to the value in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the '''Surveyor Display Menu''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Default Baseboard Ground Texture|Default Baseboard Ground Texture]]''') or for the set '''Region''' in the '''Route Editor'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Convert&#160;Baseboards&#160;To&#160;</span></td>
<td>the entire baseboard where the Marquee selection area is located will be converted to a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;5 metre&#160;</span> or a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;10 metre&#160;</span> grid size (select one from the sub menu). The 5 metre grid gives a more accurate ground shape but it uses '''4x''' as much memory.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>If the '''Marquee Selection Area''' goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting and set their grid resolution to the selected value. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the '''Surveyor Display Menu''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]] '''[[#Default Baseboard Ground Texture|Default Baseboard Ground Texture]]''') or for the set '''Region''' in the '''Route Editor'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete&#160;Baseboards&#160;in&#160;Marquee&#160;</span></td>
<td>when a Marquee Selection Area is drawn inside a baseboard, the entire baseboard will be given a green border. If the Marquee is drawn over the boundary between baseboards then both will have a green border. This option will delete '''ALL''' the baseboards that have a green border.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;in&#160;Assets&#160;Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>when a single object has been highlighted, including '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers''', this will identify the asset in the '''Assets Palette'''. </td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Scrapbook Operations'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Managing Baseboards]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Marquee Context Menu]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=500 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=496 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>'''Scrapbooks''', when created, will contain:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Ground Heights'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Ground Textures'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Effect Layers''' - if present</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Selected Objects''' - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: yellow;">&#160;But <u>NOT</u> Rolling Stock (Trains)&#160;</span>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td>
<table width=500 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=496 bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>
'''Scrapbooks''', when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Ground Heights'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Ground Textures'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Effect Layers'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Scenery Objects (Meshes)''' - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Scenery Splines''' - roads, track, fences, etc</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Once an area has been marked out by the '''Marquee Tool''' a number of options become available.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=165>[[image:MarqueeEditMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=835 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>
<table width=831 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>The [[image:SurveyorEditIcon.png|link=]] '''Surveyor Edit Menu''' will show some additional options specifically for the '''Marquee Tool''':-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span></td>
<td>the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new '''Scrapbook'''. Any scenery objects (excluding '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers''') that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td>the objects selected in the Marquee area (including '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers''') will be copied and placed into a new '''Scrapbook'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Paste&#160;</span></td>
<td>the contents of the current '''Scrapbook''' will be pasted into the route at the cursor (focus) point. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the '''Filters''' in the '''Scrapbook Palette''' (see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Scrapbook_Data|Scrapbook Data]]''' for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Clear&#160;</span></td>
<td>the selected scenery '''objects''' that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but '''NOT''' the selected '''ground heights''', '''ground textures''' and '''effect layers'''.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select&#160;None&#160;</span></td>
<td>the '''Marquee Selection Area''' boundary lines are removed from the route cancelling the selection process. Nothing that was inside the area will be removed.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Adding a New Scrapbook&#160;</span>===
The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> '''Scrapbook''' operations are also found in the '''Marquee Context Menu''' (see the '''Marquee Context Menu''' section above).<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You don't have to use the '''Marquee Tool''' to create a new '''Scrapbook'''. You can use the '''Free Move Tool''' or the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' to select any number of objects and then press <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;C&#160;</span>. The selected objects, along with the ground height, ground textures, and any effect layers, will be copied into a new '''Scrapbook'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
When a new '''Scrapbook''' is created by a <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span>, it will appear in the '''Scrapbook''' palette with some basic details.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>[[image:ScrapbookNew_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=500>
<table width=500>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The newly created scrapbook will be given:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a name consisting of the date and time of its creation</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a thumbnail</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The thumbnail image will be taken using the current camera POV (point of view). To get a better image adjust the camera position and view to give the best possible shot of the '''Scrapbook''' objects before giving the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Cut&#160;</span> or <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span> command
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>a scrapbook number (it will be inserted as '''&#8470;1''' scrapbook)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>an expiry date which will be set 5 days after its creation - this will countdown each day until '''0''' when the new scrapbook will be deleted</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
'''Scrapbooks''' use very little memory so there is no real limit to how many you can store in the palette but finding the one you want will be more difficult as the list grows longer</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=700 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=696 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Scrapbooks''', old and new, can be deleted at any time by clicking the '''Delete''' icon. Deleting a '''Scrapbook''' does not delete the objects it contains</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=710>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=496>There are two changes that can be made to the new scrapbook:-<br>
<table width=496>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Give it a name''' - '''Left''' click inside the '''Name Text Box''' and type a new name. To set its new name '''Left''' click on the image (pressing <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Enter&#160;</span> does not work - a known bug)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Make it permanent''' - '''Left''' click the white '''Pin''' icon ([[image:ScrapbookUnPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]]) to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>'''Pinned''' scrapbooks are always shown with a '''blue''' pin icon [[image:ScrapbookPinnedIcon_S20.png|link=]] and the words "pinned, no expiry" displayed next to their scrapbook &#8470;</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Pinning''' of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will then expire in 5 days time. Simply '''Left''' click the blue pin icon.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td width=210>[[image:ScrapbookNewNamedPinned_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Once a scrapbook has been '''Pinned''' it becomes an asset and will appear in '''Content Manager'''<br>
[[image:ScrapbookEntryCM_S20.png|link=]]<br>
The scrapbook can be uploaded to the '''DLS''' and saved as a '''CDP''' file.<br>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You can archive your scrapbooks as '''CDP''' files to keep the number of installed scrapbooks to a minimum. If an archived scrapbook is needed then you can use the '''Import Content Files''' option in '''Content Manager''' to add it to the '''Scrapbook Palette'''. It can be deleted from the palette later, when no longer needed.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Managing Baseboards'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepMass]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Scrapbook Operations]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>The '''Marquee''' is a powerful tool for adding, deleting and changing the properties of multiple baseboards</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=450>[[image:S20_MarqueeDrawnArea.png|link=|alt=Marquee drawn area]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=550 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=546 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To add new baseboards:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>select the '''Marquee Tool''' (or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;F&#160;</span> key).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' to draw out an area where the new baseboards will be added. This area can include the current baseboard.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The '''Marquee Selection Area''', shown with a green border in the image on the left, covers the existing baseboard (black, bottom left) and where 3 new baseboards will be created. The Marquee has a '''Context Icon''' as shown in the image.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the '''Context Icon''' or press the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&nbsp;T&nbsp;</span> key to open up the '''Marquee Context Menu''' (see '''Marquee Context Menu''' above).</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint4.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Create, Convert, Delete</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>To '''Create''' new baseboards, and to '''Convert''' selected baseboards to a different '''Grid Resolution''', select the '''Context Menu''' option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Convert Baseboards To &gt;&#160;</span> then select a resolution from two sub-options, <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;5m Grid&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;10m Grid&#160;</span>. If existing baseboards have been selected then they will also be converted to the new resolution.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>To '''Delete''' baseboards select the '''Context Menu''' option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Delete Baseboards in Marquee&#160;</span>. The <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Z&#160;</span> keys can '''Undo''' the deletion.
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>To set the selected baseboards to the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> value in the '''Tool Options Palette''' select the '''Context Menu''' option <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Set Marquee to Brush Height&#160;</span>. If the '''Marquee''' extends over "empty space" then new baseboards will be created at the set <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> value.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepMass"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Managing Baseboards]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepMarquee|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextDown.png|link=#stepInfo|alt=Next Down|Next Down]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''Mass Object Moves and Clones'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Cloning Objects]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=900 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=896 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Both the '''Free Move Tool''' and the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' can move and clone (copy) single and multiple objects. The '''Marquee Tool''' can also move and clone objects but will include '''Ground Height''', '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''' in the cloning and moving operations.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
=='''Selecting and Moving Multiple Objects'''==
Multiple objects can be selected and moved with the '''Free Move Tool''' and the '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes: Mass Moves'''</span><br>
----
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The objects do not have to be:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the same type. They can be a mixture of scenery splines and mesh objects</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>in the same layers but objects in '''Locked''' layers cannot be moved</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=500 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=496 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You can also use the '''Marquee Tool''' to move objects but this will move '''Ground Heights''', '''Ground Textures''' and '''Effect Layers''' as well as objects.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:MultipleSelectionGroup_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To select multiple objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Free Move Tool''' or '''Fine Adjustment Tool'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Hold the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key down</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on every object that is to be included in the selection group. After selecting the last object, release the key</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You can apply the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> setting in the '''Tool Options Palette''' to the entire group of selected objects.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:MultipleSelectionGroupMove_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=400 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=396 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To move multiple objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left Click and Drag''' on any highlighted object in the group</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Release the mouse button when the group of objects are in position</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Fine Adjustment Tool <span style="font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Blue&#160;</span> Rotation Anchor''' can be used to rotate all the members of the group with the last selected object (the one with the '''Context Icon''') as the centre of rotation</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
===<span style="font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Selecting Multiple Identical Objects&#160;</span>===
You can quickly select all nearby identical objects by a '''Double-Left Click''' on an object.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>This also applies to all the wagons in a consist. '''Double-Left Click''' on any one of them to select all of them - they do not have to be identical wagons.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=500>A forest of many different trees. Only one has been selected.</td>
<td width=500>'''Double-Left Click''' on a tree to select all the identical trees in the forest.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:MultipleSelectTip1_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>[[image:MultipleSelectTip2_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Shift&#160;</span> key and '''Double-Left Click''' on another object. It and all its identical copies will be added to the selection.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Cloning Objects'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#stepInfo]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepMass]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>You can easily clone single and multiple selected objects. If you have selected a group of objects they do not have to be the same type - you can select scenery objects and scenery splines.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000 cellpadding=2 bgcolor=#ff0000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 cellpadding=2 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Bug.png|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">Known Issues:'''</span><br>
Cloning does not work with '''Track Objects''' (signals, speed signs, switches, etc) but it does work with track spline and rolling stock objects. This has been reported as a bug.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes: Layers and Cloning'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the objects can be in different layers</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the layers can be locked and the objects will still be cloned</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>all the cloned objects will be placed into the current '''Active Layer''' which must be '''Unlocked'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>For more information on layers see [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#The_Info_Palette|The Info Palette]]''' at the end of this document.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=804 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=800 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=800>
<table width=800>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Steps:</span> To clone an object or a group of objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>use either the '''Free Move Tool''' or the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''' to select the object or objects</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>hold down the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Ctrl&#160;</span> key and '''Left Click and Drag''' on any of the selected objects</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=800>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveCloneSelect_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=400>[[image:FreeMoveCloneMoved_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="stepInfo"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Cloning Objects]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepMass|alt=Next Up|Next Up]]</td>
<td width=75>&#160;</td>
<td width=75>[[image:BackToBottom.png|link=#bottom|alt=Bottom|Bottom]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
='''The Info Palette'''=
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Focus Info and Controls]]</td>
<td width=50>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor=#000000>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=996 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>If the '''Info Palette''' is not visible on the screen then refer to [[image:PageLink.PNG|link=]]&#160;'''[[#Hiding and Showing Palettes|Hiding and Showing Palettes]]''' at the top of this document. Some '''Info Palette''' functions will also require the '''Assets Palette''' and the '''Tool Options Palette'''.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:S20_PaletteInfo.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=790>
<table width=790 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td colspan=2>This palette can be easily overlooked but it has some very useful features:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>providing precise data and control over the "focus" - the position of the cursor</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>providing precise data and control over the position and orientation of objects (it can be used instead of the '''Free Move Tool''' and the '''Fine Adjustment Tool''')</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>identifying and setting the "home" layer and binding layer of a selected object</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>used for locking and unlocking a selected objects layer</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
The components of the '''Info Palette''' are identified in the image below.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=370>[[image:InfoPalette_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td valign="middle">Each of the small arrowhead icons will open the palette to display more information and some controls.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
All the positional data and controls in the '''Info Palette''' are defined in the following ways:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x&#160;</span></td>
<td>is '''ALWAYS''' the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;North-South&#160;</span> compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span></td>
<td>is '''ALWAYS''' the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;East-West&#160;</span> compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;z&#160;</span></td>
<td>is '''ALWAYS''' the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Vertical&#160;</span> direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how an object has been rolled or tilted</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>distances are measured in '''metres''' from the '''North-West''' corner of the first baseboard. If that baseboard is later deleted then distances will '''still''' be measured from its original and now "virtual" North-West corner.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;+&#160;</span> positive distances are in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;South&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;East&#160;</span> directions</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;-&#160;</span> negative distances are in the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;North&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;West&#160;</span> directions</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>New boards added to the '''North''' of the first baseboard will have negative '''x''' coordinates and new boards added to the '''West''' of the first baseboard will have negative '''y''' coordinates.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Focus Info and Controls'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Asset Name Menu]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#stepInfo]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>The '''Focus''' shows the current position and height of the '''Cursor''' object.</td>
</tr>
</table>
Open up the '''Focus''' by '''Left''' clicking on its arrowhead icon.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>Before changing the cursor position with the '''Focus''' controls, set a '''Bookmark''' at its current position.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteFocus_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<br>
The current cursor position is shown in the '''x''', '''y''' and '''z''' text boxes. These values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position but '''CARE''' will be needed.
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. '''Left Click and Drag''' up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
If you enter an '''x''' or '''y''' value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be refocused at a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>If it has not been deleted you can identify the original (first) baseboard by entering <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">0</span> as the '''Focus''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;x:&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y;&#160;</span> co-ordinates</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Next to the '''z''' co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. '''Left''' click on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=325>[[image:InfoPaletteFocusMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>There is only one item in the sub-menu. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span><br>
'''Left''' click on the option to copy the current cursor height ('''z''') value from the '''Info Palette''' to the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> entry.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Asset Name Menu'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Position Info and Controls]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Focus Info and Controls]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
You must have an object (or objects) selected for a name to be shown and for this menu to be available.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteMulti_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>If more than one object has been selected then the name and position data shown will be for the last selected object. If different objects (with different '''kuid''' codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The '''(+2)''' shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Next to the objects name is a small white '''Down Arrowhead'''. '''Left''' click on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=370>[[image:InfoPaletteMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=630>The menu options are:-
<table width=630 bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table width=626 bgcolor=#ffffff cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Copy&#160;</span></td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: red;">&#160;NOT WORKING&#160;</span><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; background-color: #fcbcbc;"> (a known bug) </span> - copies the objects text details into the OS Clipboard for pasting, for example, into a text editor</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Show Asset Details&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens a new window showing the image and description of the selected object</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;List Assets in New Window&#160;</span></td>
<td>opens up '''Content Manager''' and lists all the selected objects</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Add to Picklist&#160;</span></td>
<td>adds selected objects to a '''Picklist'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Remove from Picklist&#160;</span></td>
<td>removes selected objects from a '''Picklist''' (objects must already be in a '''Picklist''')</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select in Assets Palette&#160;</span></td>
<td>selects and highlights the selected object in the '''Assets Palette'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Position Info and Controls'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Rotation Info and Controls]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Asset Name Menu]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
You must have an object (or objects) selected for the position data to be shown and edited. Open up the position data by '''Left''' clicking on its '''Pos:''' arrowhead icon.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPalettePos_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>The position of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the '''x''', '''y''' and '''z''' text boxes. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but '''CARE''' will be needed.
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>On the right of each data entry box is a pair of '''Up/Down''' arrow controls. '''Left Click and Drag''' up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to '''centimetres'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
If you enter an '''x''' or '''y''' value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the objects will be moved to that position and may vanish from view. The '''Undo''' command can be used to reverse the move or the '''Marquee Tool''' can be used to add a baseboard under the "floating" objects.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
Next to the '''z''' co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. '''Left''' click on the arrowhead to open its menu.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=325>[[image:InfoPalettePosMenu_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>There is only one item in the sub-menu. <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Use Height for Brush&#160;</span><br>
'''Left''' click on the option to copy the height ('''z''') value for the selected object from the '''Info Palette''' to the '''Tool Options Palette''' <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Height&#160;</span> entry.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Rotation Info and Controls'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Layer Info and Controls]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Position Info and Controls]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
You must have an object (or objects) selected for the rotation data to be shown and edited. Open up the rotation data by '''Left''' clicking on its '''Rot:''' arrowhead icon.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteRot_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=790>The rotational orientation of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the '''r''', '''p''' and '''y''' text boxes (the letters stand for '''R'''oll, '''P'''itch and '''Y'''aw). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space '''BUT''' not all objects can be rotated in certain directions.
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the '''Context Icon''', will be the centre of all rotations.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, '''SpeedTree''' objects can only be rotated using the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> value (<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r&#160;</span> and <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p&#160;</span> entries will be ignored) while '''Spline''' objects cannot be rotated at all</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>On the right of each box is a pair of '''Up/Down'''  arrow controls. '''Left Click and Drag''' up or down on these to adjust the rotation angle in increments of 1&#176;.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
The rotation data and controls are defined in the following ways:-<br>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''ALWAYS''' rotates in the '''vertical plane''' around the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> value)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''ALWAYS''' rotates in the '''vertical plane''' at an angle of '''90&#176;''' to the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span> value)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y&#160;</span></td>
<td>'''ALWAYS''' rotates in the '''horizontal plane''' around the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 17px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Vertical&#160;</span> direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how the object has been rolled or pitched
<table>
<tr>
<td width=100 align="right"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">y=&#160;</span></td>
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">0&#176;</span> '''East'''</td>
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">90&#176;</span> '''North'''</td>
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">180&#176;</span> '''West'''</td>
<td width=200><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">270&#176;</span> '''South'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Original</span><br>[[image:RotationAxis_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Roll: <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;r = 45&#160;</span></span><br>[[image:RotationAxisRoll_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Pitch: <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;p = 45&#160;</span></span><br>[[image:RotationAxisPitch_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td align="center"><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">Yaw: <span style="color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;y = 45&#160;</span></span><br>[[image:RotationAxisYaw_S20.png|link=]]</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td></td>
<td>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>all angles are measured in degrees</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;+&#160;</span> positive angles are '''anticlockwise''' when viewed facing the rotation axis direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">&#160;-&#160;</span> negative angles are '''clockwise''' when viewed facing the rotation axis direction</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>angles greater than 360&#176; can be entered but will give the same result as the angle '''minus''' 360&#176;. For example: 450&#176; is exactly the same angle as 90&#176; (450&#176;-360&#176;=90&#176;)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>clockwise and anti-clockwise angles are complementary. For example: entering -270&#176; (clockwise) will give the same angle as entering +90&#176; (anticlockwise)</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
=='''Layer Info and Controls'''==
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Assigning Objects to a Different Layer]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Rotation Info and Controls]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. Open up the layer data by '''Left''' clicking on its '''Layer:''' arrowhead icon.<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Info Palette''' is best used to show and edit the '''layer''' and '''binding layer''' assignments of individual selected objects</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>operations such as '''creating, deleting, merging, renaming, moving''' and '''hiding layers''' are performed using the '''Layers Palette'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>layers can be '''Locked''' and '''Unlocked''' using the '''Info Palette''' or the '''Layers Palette''' but the '''Layers Palette''' is often the better choice for these tasks</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteLayer_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>This will show the:-
<table width=790>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>current layer assigned to the selected object</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>its assigned '''Binding Layer''' (if any)</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the '''Locked/Unlocked''' state of the assigned layer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteLockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Layer is currently '''Unlocked'''. Click this button to '''Lock''' the layer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteUnlockedLayerBtn_S20.png|link=]] Layer is currently '''Locked'''. Click this button to '''Unlock''' the layer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>&#160;</td>
<td>Using this button will also change the '''Locked/Unlocked''' padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the '''Layers Palette'''<br>
<table width=780>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:AssetsPaletteLockedUnlockedLayers_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Objects in a '''Locked Layer''' cannot be deleted or moved</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Locked Layers''' can be deleted, moved and merged with other layers</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteLayersMulti_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=790>If multiple objects from different layers have been selected then no layer name will be shown in the '''Layer''' and '''Binding''' boxes. Instead they will be left "blank" as shown in the image on the left.<br><br>
Both boxes can still be opened to assign layers to objects.
<br>
<table bgcolor=#ff0000 width=790 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#fcbcbc width=786 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:Stop.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 15px; font-weight: 700;">WARNING:</span>
<table>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Setting a layer for multiple objects that are in different layers will move ALL those objects to that layer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>If objects are moved from one layer group to another (such as from the '''Route Layers''' to the '''Session Layers''') then it will change where those objects are saved (in the '''Route''' or in the '''Session''')</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
==='''Assigning Objects to a Different Layer'''===
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Layer Info and Controls]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
A selected object or group of selected objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they '''do not''' have to all be in the same layer.<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=265>[[image:InfoPaletteLayerDropBoxList_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td width=735>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=735 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=731 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the '''Layer''' drop down box. The layer containing the object (for a '''single selected object only''') will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the destination layer name from the drop down list. '''See Warning''' above</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>If you see a '''Debugging Window''' on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td>Once a target layer has been selected then the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select Layer&#160;</span> button, which sets the '''Active Layer''', may become active.<br><br>
<table bgcolor="lightcyan">
<tr>
<td>The '''Active Layer''' is the layer used by the '''Placement Tool''' when objects are added to a route (or session). This button gives you the opportunity to set the '''Active Layer''' to the same layer that you just used to assign to an object. Its use is '''optional'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffe0 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:PencilTips.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>You can also set the '''Active Layer''' by selecting its name from the list in the '''Layers Palette'''.</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>[[image:Ablue.png|link=]] '''If the <span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: black;">&#160;Select Layer&#160;</span> button is greyed out'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteLayerSelectBtnOff_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>then the selected object is now assigned to the current '''Active Layer''' so there is no need to use this option</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>[[image:Bblue.png|link=]] '''If it is NOT greyed out'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:InfoPaletteLayerSelectBtnOn_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>then the selected object is now assigned to a layer that is '''not''' the current '''Active Layer'''. You have the option to '''Left''' click on this button to switch the '''Active Layer''' to the same layer as the object
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
==='''Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer'''===
<table width=100> <!-- BEGIN Section Nav Buttons -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50>[[image:SkipDown.png|link=#bottom]]</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Assigning Objects to a Different Layer]]</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Section Nav Buttons -->
<table width=1000 bgcolor="lightcyan" cellpadding=2>
<tr>
<td>The '''Binding Layer''', or '''Bound Layer''' as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of a route or session. It allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties ('''Locked/Unlocked''', '''Hidden/Visible''') of both layers.</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table width=1000>
<tr>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=454 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=450 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=150 align="center">'''Assigned<br>Layer'''</td>
<td rowspan=9 bgcolor="black" width=1></td> <!-- Row count -->
<td width=150 align="center">'''Binding<br>Layer'''</td>
<td rowspan=9 bgcolor="black" width=1></td> <!-- Row count -->
<td width=150 align="center">'''Object<br>Status'''</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="black" colspan=5></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''Unlocked'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] or '''None'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''Unlocked'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td bgcolor=#ffffb0>[[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''LOCKED'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] or [[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] or '''None'''</td>
<td bgcolor=#ffffb0>[[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''LOCKED'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LayerUnLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''Unlocked'''</td>
<td bgcolor=#ffffb0>[[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''LOCKED'''</td>
<td bgcolor=#ffffb0>[[image:LayerLocked_S20.png|link=]] '''LOCKED'''</td>
</tr>
<tr>
<td bgcolor="black" colspan=5></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LayerEyeOpen_S20.png|link=]] '''Visible'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerEyeOpen_S20.png|link=]] or '''None'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerEyeOpen_S20.png|link=]] '''Visible'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td bgcolor="lightcyan">[[image:LayerEyeClosed_S20.png|link=]] '''HIDDEN'''</td>
<td>[[image:LayerEyeOpen_S20.png|link=]] or [[image:LayerEyeClosed_S20.png|link=]] or '''None'''</td>
<td bgcolor="lightcyan">[[image:LayerEyeClosed_S20.png|link=]] '''HIDDEN'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LayerEyeOpen_S20.png|link=]] '''Visible'''</td>
<td bgcolor="lightcyan">[[image:LayerEyeClosed_S20.png|link=]] '''HIDDEN'''</td>
<td bgcolor="lightcyan">[[image:LayerEyeClosed_S20.png|link=]] '''HIDDEN'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
<td>
<table width=550>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;">In Summary:-</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td bgcolor=#ffffb0>If the '''Assigned Layer''' or the '''Binding Layer''' of an object is '''Locked''' then the object will be '''Locked'''</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td bgcolor="lightcyan">If the '''Assigned Layer''' or the '''Binding Layer''' of an object is '''Hidden''' then the object will be '''Hidden'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=XXX cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffb0 width=XXX-4 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=25>[[image:NotePad.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td><span style="font-size: 17px; font-weight: 700;">Notes:'''</span><br>
----
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>Objects in a '''Hidden Layer''' cannot be seen and therefore, cannot be selected, deleted or moved</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>The '''Layers Palette''' is the ONLY way to create, delete, name and hide layers</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=1000 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=996 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>Some examples of using the '''Binding Layer''':-<br>
<span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Example 1:&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=100>'''The problem:'''</td>
<td>You need to stop an object from being selected so that you can you move other objects on or around it</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>'''The solution:'''</td>
<td>Use the '''Layers Palette''' to create a new empty layer and lock it. Set the '''Binding Layer''' of the object to the new locked layer. The object will then be locked so it cannot be selected or moved even though its original layer is unlocked. When the edit has been completed delete the empty locked layer you just created to unlock all its bound objects and remove all their bindings
</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px; color: white; background-color: blue;">&#160;Example 2:&#160;</span></td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>'''The problem:'''</td>
<td>A group of objects (e.g trees) are blocking access to another object.</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>'''The solution:'''</td>
<td>Use the '''Layers Palette''' to create a new empty layer and hide it. Set the '''Binding Layer''' of the blocking objects to the new hidden layer. The blocking objects will no longer be visible and cannot be selected even though their original layer is still visible. When the edit has been completed delete the empty hidden layer you just created to make all its bound objects visible and remove all their bindings
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=265>[[image:InfoPaletteBindingDropBox_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table bgcolor=#000000 width=735 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td>
<table bgcolor=#ffffff width=731 cellpadding=2>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2><span style="font-weight: 700; font-size: 15px;;">Steps:</span> To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=20>[[image:DotPoint1.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>'''Left''' click on the '''Binding''' drop down box. If the object is already bound to a layer (for a '''single selected object only''') the binding layer will be shown with a [[image:BulletTick.png|link=]] in front of its name</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint2.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>Select the '''Binding''' layer name from the drop down list. '''Note:''' the objects assigned layer will not appear in the list because an object cannot be bound to its own layer</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>The layer reassignment will start the instant the layer is selected</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint3.JPG|link=]]</td>
<td>If you see a '''Debugging Window''' on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table width=1000>
<tr valign="top">
<td colspan=2>As an example, the image below shows what you will see for a single object that has had:-</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=210>[[image:InfoPaletteLayerSetBindingSet_S20.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<table width=790>
<tr valign="top">
<td width=10>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>its assigned layer changed (in the example from "route-layer" to "Station Buildings")</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>its binding layer set (in the example to "Multi Industries")</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the newly assigned layer is not locked so you have the option to lock it</td>
</tr>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:DotPoint.JPG|10px|link=]]</td>
<td>the newly assigned layer is not the '''Active Layer''' so you have the option to make it the '''Active Layer'''</td>
</tr>
</table>
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table cellpadding=2 bgcolor="Aquamarine">
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:LinkWiki.PNG|link=]]</td>
<td>
More information on creating, editing and using '''Layers''' can be found on the '''Trainz Wiki''' at:-<br>
*'''[[How_to_Use_Layers|How to Use Layers]]'''
</td>
</tr>
</table>
<br>
<table> <!-- BEGIN Nav Buttons Table -->
<tr valign="top">
<td width=50><span id="bottom"></span>&#160;</td>
<td width=50>[[image:SkipUp.png|link=#Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer]]</td>
<td width=629>&#160;</td>
<td width=46>[[image:BackToTop.png|link=#top|alt=Top|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>[[image:NextUp.png|link=#stepInfo|alt=Next Up|Top]]</td>
<td width=75>&#160;</td>
<td width=75>&#160;</td>
</tr>
</table> <!-- END Nav Buttons Table -->
----
----
='''Trainz Wiki'''=
<table cellpadding=4 bgcolor=#ffffff>
<tr valign="top">
<td>[[image:TrainzWiki.png|link=]]</td>
<td>
<span style="font-size: 17px;">'''More Tutorials and Guides to Using Trainz'''</span><br>
*'''<span class="plainlinks">[http://online.ts2009.com/mediaWiki/index.php/HowTo How to Guides]</span>'''
*'''[[Driver Commands List]]'''
*'''[[Session Rule List with Parameters|Session Rules List (Alphabetical) with Parameters]]'''
*'''[[Session Rules By Categories With Properties|Session Rules List (Categories) With Parameters]]'''
</td>
</tr>
</table>
----
This page was created by Trainz user '''<span class="plainlinks">[http://online.ts2009.com/mediaWiki/index.php/User:Pware pware]</span>''' in January 2023 and was last updated as shown below.
----
[[Category:How-to guides]]


='''The Marquee Tool'''=
='''The Marquee Tool'''=

Revision as of 07:20, 3 April 2023

The information in this Wiki Page applies to Surveyor 2.0 (S20) as found in Trainz Plus. The original reference material for this document can be found at  Surveyor 2.0 Overview

      Next Down Bottom
Surveyor 2.0  Mouse  and  Keyboard  Aids and Shortcuts
 Operations 
 LClick  Left Click on an object to Select it
 Shift   LClick  hold down the Shift key and Left Click on another object to add it to the Selection
 LClick   Drag  Left Click and Drag to Move an object or a group of selected objects
 RClick  Right Click on the terrain to Move the Compass Rose and Focus to that location
 DLClick  Double Left Click on an object to add it and all nearby identical objects into a single Selection
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 when used on a consist all the wagons in the consist, regardless of type, will be selected
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 when used on a spline or track all the segments upto the next junction will be selected
 Shift   DLClick  hold down the Shift key and Double Left Click on another object to add it and its nearby identical objects to those already in the Selection
 Ctrl   LClick   Drag  hold down the Ctrl key and Left Click and Drag to Clone an object or selected objects
 Ctrl   C  press Ctrl C to Copy selected objects (including the ground height, ground textures and any effect layers) into a new Scrapbook
 Ctrl   D  press Ctrl D to Unselect a selected object (or ALL objects if multiple objects have been selected)
 Ctrl   E  press Ctrl E to open the Route Editor (to edit the route name, description, thumbnail, scale, etc)
 Ctrl   F  press Ctrl F to open the Object Finder
 Ctrl   F1  press Ctrl F1 to switch from Driver to Surveyor via the UDS inteface
 Ctrl   F2  press Ctrl F2 to switch from Surveyor to Driver via the UDS inteface
 Ctrl   M  press Ctrl M to open the Mini Map
 Ctrl   R  press Ctrl R to open the Session Editor (to edit the session name, description and rules)
 Ctrl   S  press Ctrl S to Save the current route and/or session (which ever has been edited)
 Ctrl   V  press Ctrl V to Paste the current Scrapbook into the route at the cursor position (the Surveyor Compass Rose). The current settings in the Scrapbook Palette Filter will control which objects are pasted and how they are pasted
 Ctrl   X  press Ctrl X to Cut and remove selected objects from the route and place them into a new Scrapbook. The ground height, ground textures, effect layers and any objects in locked layers will be copied, not cut
 Ctrl   Y  press Ctrl Y to Redo (reverse) the last  Ctrl   Z  command
 Ctrl   Z  press Ctrl Z to Undo previous actions
 Ctrl   Space  press Ctrl Space to show/hide the User Interface (the Trainz Main Menu icons and all the docked palettes - undocked palettes will still be visible)
 Alt  hold down the Alt key and hover the tool pointer over an object to Identify it
 Alt   LClick  hold down the Alt key and Left Click on an object to Select it in the Assets Palette
 Delete  press the Delete key to Delete a selected object or objects from the route
 Tools 
 W  selects the Brush Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 E  selects the Placement Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 R  selects the Eyedropper Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 S  selects the Free Move Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 D  selects the Fine Adjustment Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 F  selects the Marquee Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 T  opens the Context Menu of a selected object


Assets and Objects

(from the Surveyor 2.0 Overview document)

In this online documentation, the term Asset is used when talking about the items listed in Content Manager and the Asset Palette. Every asset has a KUID (unique identifier). When an asset (selected in the Assets Palette) is placed into the world, the instance of the asset in the world is referred to as an Object. There are multiple types of object, such as Scenery, Splines, Trains, Trackside, etc.


  Top   Next Down Bottom

Surveyor 2.0 vs Surveyor Classic

Surveyor 2.0
Surveyor 2.0 (or S20) is the new Surveyor interface provided to Trainz Plus Gold and Trainz Plus Standard subscribers as an alternative to Surveyor Classic. Classic is still available as an option in Trainz Plus. S20 is also available in TRS22 for Trainz Plus subscribers only. TRS22 without the subscription will have Surveyor Classic.
Whats New
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a single set of common tools that can be applied to ALL types of objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ability to select multiple objects of different types that can be manipulated as one with more freedom than was previously possible
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 each object has its own Context Menu that applies specific actions depending on the type of object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 information and controls in dockable and moveable Palettes that can be hidden when not needed
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a new Scrapbook asset to store "scenes" that can be pasted anywhere in a route, between routes and shared through the DLS
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a new Marquee Tool that allows:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 multiple baseboards to be added, deleted and have their height, ground texture and grid resolution changed in a single operation
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 objects, ground heights, ground textures and effect layers to be moved and copied


The following screen images help illustrate the change in philosophy that has occurred with the release of the Surveyor 2.0 user interface.

 Surveyor Classic 

2002 - 2022

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all the tools are in separate fixed Tabbed Flyouts with a different Flyout and set of tools for each type of object (scenery, track, terrain, textures, trains, etc)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the workflow forces you to select the correct tool for the type of object and then apply it to just a single object at a time


 Surveyor 2.0 

2022 -

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 there is just one set of tools that can be applied to all types of objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the workflow allows you to select multiple objects (that can be of different types) and then apply a selected tool or operation to them all
  Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Tools Palette

The Tools Palette is at the core of the new interface and takes the place of all the Tool Flyouts that have been the standard for Trainz Surveyor for many years. Some of the tools are new while others have been given a makeover and new abilities.
Tools and keymap for S20


The  Context Tool  is attached as an icon to a selected or newly placed object. The icon design will vary according to the type of object.

Notes: Palettes

If the Tools Palette is not shown on the screen, then:-

Windows Menu
Steps:
open the Window Menu from the menu icons at the top of the screen
 
visible palettes have ticks next to their names
invisible (hidden) palettes have no ticks next to their names
to make a hidden palette visible simply Left click on its name or on the next to its name. This will add a and make the Tools Palette visible
make sure that the Tool Options Palette is also visible

There is a Trainz Wiki Page specifically covering the S20 Palettes at
 How to Use the S20 Palettes

An Eyedropper is inside all the tools so you can quickly identify any object without having to switch to the Eyedropper Tool and back again.
Just hold down the  Alt  key as you move your selected tool onto an object to reveal its name. Left click on the object while holding down the key to select it in the Assets Palette list.


  Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Brush Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  W  The  Brush Tool  "paints" the ground height, ground textures, effect layers and scrapbook scenes in the Trainz World

The Brush Tool has two drop down menu lists.

Brush Tools
The first drop down menu will set the "Brush Target" which is the type of brush. Left click on the drop down box and on a Target to select it:-
Ground Height
Ground Texture
Scrapbook Data
<List of Effect Layers>
Edit Effect Layers
If you have any Effect Layers then they will appear as Targets in this drop down list. Select an Effect Layer to use the brush to paint with that layer.


Ground Height

This Brush Target raises or lowers the Ground Height by using a "painting" action
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.

When the Ground Height Target is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of several brush actions that control how the height is adjusted.

The actions are:-
Height Up
Height Down
Set Height
Grade
Height Up/Height Down raises/lowers the ground at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Set Height "plateaus" the ground to the Height setting at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Grade creates a smooth slope at the Grade and Angle settings at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity
The active height brush options for each action are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored by the selected action, but they can still be edited.
 Height Up/Height Down 
Up/Down brush options
 Set Height 
Height brush options
 Grade 
Grade brush options

 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Height  the brush height (metres)
Range:  -3000m to 3000m
 Sensitivity  the rate at which the height changes
Range:  1% (very slowly) to 100% (very quickly)
 Grade  slope gradient - see Notes: below
Range:  0% = flat ("Plateau" in Classic) to
  ±100% = steep (but not vertical)
 Angle  grade direction (compass degrees)
Range:  0° (North) to ±359°
a negative value reverses the grade direction


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases. If you are using the brush to set an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, to a specific height then the Marquee Tool would be a better choice.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.
 
Steps: To set the Ground Height:-
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the brush Target (in this case  Ground Height )
select the brush Action (Height Up, Height Down, etc)
set any brush controls (radius, height, sensitivity, etc) in the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to change the terrain height


Ground Texture

This tool paints the currently selected Ground Texture (from the Assets Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette and the Assets Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.

When the Ground Texture Target is selected, the second drop down box will be disabled - there are no brush texture actions.

The active texture brush options are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.
Texture brush options
 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Sensitivity  texture transparency
Range:  1% = almost transparent to
  100% = solid (opaque)
 Rotation  initial rotation angle - see Notes: below
Range:  0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)
 Scale  the texture pattern scaling factor
Range:  0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size
Steps: To paint a Ground Texture:-
select your Ground Texture in the Assets Palette - you can use the Assets Palette filter options to narrow down the selection
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the Ground Texture target from the Brush drop down menu
set any brush controls (radius, sensitivity, rotation, scale) in the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the texture


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases. If you are using the brush to paint an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, then the Marquee Tool will be quicker but it will not give the options of changing the scale and rotation.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Rotation  controls the starting angle for the texture when painting and is often used to avoid pattern repetition. As in Surveyor Classic, holding down the  [  or  ]  keys while painting will continuously change the rotation angle
Warning: Changing the rotation angle during painting is not recommended for PBR Textures as this will significantly increase the memory useage (each rotation will load in another copy of the PBR texture).


 Default Baseboard Ground Texture 

When a new route is created or a new baseboard is added it will be covered with the Default ground texture for the selected Region. This can be temporarily disabled or permanently changed to a different texture (including to the standard TRS19 grid pattern).
The easiest option is to disable the current default ground texture
Steps:
open the Surveyor Display Menu
select the Ground option
select the Grid option. This will use the current grid texture.
A more complex solution is to edit an existing Region or create one of your own to add your preferred ground texture (such as the standard TRS19 grid pattern) to each new route you create and every new baseboard that you add.


Information on creating and editing Region assets can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


Scrapbook Data

This tool paints the currently selected Scrapbook (from the Scrapbook Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses both the Tool Options Palette and the Scrapbook Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document. Instructions on how to create Scrapbooks can be found in the  Marquee Tool section of this document.


Notes:

Scrapbooks, when created, will contain:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers - if present
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Selected Objects - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc
 But NOT Rolling Stock (Trains) 
Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the Assets Palette
Notes:

Scrapbooks, when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Objects (Meshes) - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Splines - roads, track, fences, etc
You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.


The current Scrapbook can be Pasted into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the Compass Rose) by:-
pressing  Ctrl   V , OR
selecting  Paste  from the Context Menu of a selected object
In both cases the Scrapbook will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a Marquee Selection Area that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current Scrapbook Palette filter settings


 The Scrapbook Brush Actions 

When the Scrapbook Data Target is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of two brush actions that control how the scrapbook is applied.

The actions are:-
Scrapbook Brush
Scrapbook Clone
Scrapbook Brush will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size

Scrapbook Clone will paint the scrapbook sized according to the Scale setting. See Notes below


Notes:

 Scrapbook Brush  will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is small then the scrapbook contents will be compressed closer together
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is large then the contents will be spaced further apart
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Every Left Click will paste another complete scrapbook copy
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Scale control in the Tool Options Palette is ignored.
 Scrapbook Clone  will paste the scrapbook sized according to the Scale setting (100% = original size)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is the same size as the scaled scrapbook then a single exact copy will be pasted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is smaller than the scaled scrapbook in size then only the central part of the scrapbook will be revealed and more will be added when the brush is moved around until the "painted" area covers the same area as the scaled scrapbook. Further painting will clone or tile the scrapbook contents
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is larger than the scaled scrapbook in size then the contents will be cloned or tiled to fill the set brush radius
Warning: The Scale and Radius settings must be carefully selected. Setting  extreme  values for both (a very large brush radius and a very small scale value) can cause  performance issues  (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents


The active scrapbook brush options are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.
 Scrapbook Brush 
Brush options
 Scrapbook Clone 
Clone options

 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Rotation  initial rotation angle (degrees) - see Notes: below
Range:  0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)
 Scale  the scrapbook scaling factor
Range:  0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size
 Shape  brush shape
Options:  Circle and Square will set the brush to the selected shape
  Natural will set the brush to the same shape as the Marquee that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular. The Radius setting will set the relative brush dimensions


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Rotation  controls the starting angle for pasting the scrapbook objects. In Surveyor Classic you could only rotate and paste in 90° increments. In S20 you can rotate and paste at any angle.
 
Steps: To "paint" with a Scrapbook asset:-
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the Scrapbook Data target from the Brush first drop down menu
select a brush action (Brush or Clone) from the Brush second drop down menu
select a Scrapbook asset to be painted (see the The Scrapbook Palette below)
open the Scrapbook Filter in the Scrapbook Palette and select the features to be pasted and their method of pasting (see The Scrapbook Filters below)
set any Brush controls from the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the scrapbook asset


 The Scrapbook Palette 

Left click on the pin icon to Lock (blue pin) and Unlock (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days
Left click on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)
Identifies the currently displayed scrapbook (the first number) and the total number of stored scrapbooks (the second number)
Left click on the  <  or  >  to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the route
  The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply Left click inside the name box to edit or replace the current name. Left click on the image to make the name change permanent and pin (lock) the scrapbook


Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks

Some scrapbooks are installed with Trainz and cannot be deleted. These scrapbooks have the label Prefab at the front of their names (you may have to scroll to the front of the name to see it). While they cannot be deleted they can be "disabled" so that they won't appear as an installed scrapbook. Unlocking them will not cause them to "expire" - after 5 days they will just become locked again.
Steps: To disable built-in scrapbooks
Open Content Manager and locate the "permanent" scrapbook or scrapbooks.
Search Tips: Name: starts with "Prefab"; Status: is Built-in; Type: is Misc
Highlight (select) the Scrapbook assets
Open the Content menu and select Disable
You can reverse this and Enable any or all of these scrapbooks later if you need them.


 The Scrapbook Filters 

You will probably need to undock and resize the Scrapbook palette to make full use of its filters. See the Trainz Wiki page at  How to Use Surveyor 2.0 Palettes for undocking and resizing instructions
Left click on the arrowhead next to the  Filters:  label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filter controls. These filters will control which elements in the scrapbook will be added to the route and how thay will be added.




For example: To paint a scrapbook asset onto a route with certain conditions set:-
 Ground Height:   None  ground height data will not be pasted and the ground heights already in the target area will be used
 Ground Texture:  Overwrite  textures present in the scrapbook will replace those already in the target area
 Meshes:  Add  scenery objects in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area
 Splines:  Add  scenery splines in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area
 Effect Layers:   None  effect layers in the scrapbook will not be pasted and any already in the target area will be used
 Scrapbook Painting/Pasting Options 
 What Data to Transfer 
    Ground Height  terrain height(s) used in the scrapbook
    Texture  textures used in the scrapbook
    Meshes  scenery objects (e.g. trees, buildings) used in the scrapbook
    Splines  spline objects used in the scrapbook
    Effect Layers  effect layers (TurfFX, Clutter, Water Layer) used in the scrapbook
 How to Transfer the Data
    None  do not paste/paint this feature
    Add  add this feature to those already present
    Overwrite  use this feature to replace those already present
For the Ground Height:-
    Absolute  use the ground heights in the scrapbook to replace the existing ground heights
    Relative  modify the existing ground heights relative to those used in the scrapbook (to ignore the scrapbook ground heights completely select the option None)


The current Scrapbook can be Pasted into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the Compass Rose) by:-
pressing  Ctrl   V , OR
selecting  Paste  from the Context Menu of a selected object
In both cases the Scrapbook will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a Marquee Selection Area that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current Scrapbook Palette filter settings


Effect Layers

This tool paints the currently selected Effect Layer (from the Assets Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.
If the route has Effect Layers installed then they will be listed individually as additional Targets.


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers are created using the Edit Effect Layers options found in both the Surveyor Edit Menu at the top of the screen and also in the Brush Tools drop down list. They can also be loaded from .CDP files and installed from the Download Station (DLS).
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Once installed or created, Effect Layers can be added to a route as presets using either of the Edit Effect Layers options.


You can also select an Effect Layer from the Assets Palette filter list and immediately start "painting" using the current Tool Options Palette settings. This will also add the Effect Layer into the Brush Target List


 TurfFX and Clutter Effect Layers 

When a TurfFX or Clutter Effect Layer has been selected as the Target, the second drop down box will give a choice of three actions.
The actions are very similar to those found in the Ground Height brush:-
Increase
Decrease
Set Intensity
Increase/Decrease raises or lowers the intensity of the effect layer at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity setting as the brush is swept back and forth over an area
Set Intensity will paint the effect layer in one sweep using the Intensity setting


Steps: To paint with an Effect Layer
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the <effect layer name> from the Brush Target drop down menu. If there are no Effect Layers listed then none have been created or installed
select a Brush action from the second drop down list
 Set Intensity  will paint the Effect Layer at the Intensity level in the Tool Options Palette
 Increase  will paint the Effect Layer with each "sweep" of the brush increasing the layer Intensity up to the maximum (100%) at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity level
 Decrease  will paint the Effect Layer with each "sweep" of the brush decreasing the layer Intensity at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity level
set any required Brush  Radius ,  Intensity  and  Sensitivity  controls from the Tool Options Palette
Left Click or Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the Effect Layer


 Water Effect Layer 

A Water Effect Layer will cover the entire route. Use the Ground Height Brush to raise or lower the ground to hide and reveal the water where required


When a Water Effect Layer has been selected as theTarget, the second drop down box will give a choice of five actions.
The actions are identical to those found in the Ground Height brush plus a new action:-
Height Up
Height Down
Set Height
Grade
Bulk Adjust
Height Up/Height Down raises or lowers the water layer under the brush at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Set Height will "plateau" the water layer under the brush to the Height setting at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity
Grade creates a smooth slope under the brush at the Grade and Angle settings at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity - see Notes: below
Bulk Adjust will move the entire water layer up or down - see Notes: below


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To create a flat water layer use Set Height rather than Height Up/Height Down and set the Brush Sensitivity to 100%
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Grade action can be used to create a river that slowly (or rapidly) falls over a set distance


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 It is NOT recommended that you use both Water Effect Layers and the original Legacy Water in the same route. Use one or the other but, where possible, avoid using both.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Bulk Adjust action is not fully intuitive and will require some experimentation. It will raise and lower the water effect layer in the baseboard where the Left Click and Drag was executed. Areas within that baseboard where the water effect layer had previously been set to a different height will not be affected until the water level reaches the same height. The Water Effect Layer in surrounding baseboards will also start to move when the level reaches their current heights.


Edit Effect Layers...

When this Target is selected, the Edit Effect Layers options will appear. This is the same as selecting Edit Effect Layers ... from the Surveyor Edit Menu.

Open effect layers If no Effect Layers are present then you can create a new one
New effect layer
If Effect Layers are present then select one to edit
Edit effect layers


Effect Layers are created for each route. You can select and edit a previously saved Effect Layer rather than having to recreate the entire effect each time.


More information on creating and editing Effect Layers can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Placement Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  E  The  Placement Tool  adds objects to a Trainz World
This tool uses the Tool Options Palette and the Assets Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Placement Tool has no drop down menu lists.

Placement Tools
More Placement Options
After an object has been placed in a route its position and height can be changed by:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Free Move Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Fine Adjustment Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 editing its  x   y   z  values in  The Info Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 selecting the  Apply Height  option in its Context Menu


The first step is to identify and select the particular object that you want to add to the route.

Placing a Scenery Mesh Object

Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in Trainz terminology as Scenery Mesh Objects.

Steps: To add a Scenery Mesh Object the first step is to identify the exact asset you want to add.

In the Asset Palette either:-

Left click on an asset selection icon

Filter Icons

all ground textures
all non-spline scenery assets
all spline scenery assets
all track spline assets
all track (non spline) assets (signals, etc)
all rolling stock assets
all Effect Layer presets
OR
Left click the Content Drop-down Box

Filter List
Then select Scenery Objects
Scenery Objects

 Shortcut 
If you already have the same object placed in your route then:-
move the tool pointer over the object to be selected and hold down the  Alt  key. The object name will appear in a ToolTip attached to the pointer
while holding down the  Alt  key Left click on the object to identify it in the Assets Palette and automatically select it for placement with the Placement Tool. Release the key
Jump to Step below.
To narrow down the filter list type part of the object name into the Search Text Box. For example if you have selected Scenery Objects and want to find "barns", then type "barn" (UPPER/lower case does not matter).
Text search
This will list all the Scenery Objects containing the text "barn" in their name or description.
Filtered list Left click on the required item in the list (e.g. "wooden barn").

When selected the object will be highlighted on a blue background and its name will appear in the Assets Palette title bar.

If you are not sure about an object then Double-Left click on the name to bring up its image and description or view its rotatimg and resizeable 3D image in the Preview Palette.

Left clicking an object in the Assets Palette filter list will automatically activate the Placement Tool so the next Left click in the route will place that object in the route.


The final step is to place the selected object into the route.
  1. If the Placement Tool is not selected then Left click it or press the  E  key
  2. Click on the spot where you want to place the object
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Placement Tool will remain on and active until another tool has been selected. So everytime you click another copy of the object (or another object if you change your selection) will be added to the route
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the last object placed will be highlighted (covered in "green/yellow"). This will be the selected object if you switch control to the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool


Placing a Scenery or Track Spline

Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their endpoints. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.


Steps: Start the process of laying a track or spline by identifying and selecting the track or scenery spline as described in steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Scenery Spline or the Track filter in the Assets Palette
Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
spline scenery assets OR track spline assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Scenery Splines  OR  Track 


Then, after Step , continue with the steps listed below:-

The "Click on the spot" as shown in Step will place the start or first endpoint of the spline.
Move the mouse in the direction you want to lay the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.
When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the first spline segment, Left click the mouse. This will anchor the second spline endpoint. The spline between the two endpoints is the first spline segment.


The spline segment will now have three Context Icons, one for each endpoint and one for the spline segment.

Different context menu options are provided depending on which icon you click on
Left click on the new endpoint and move the mouse in the direction you want to continue laying the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.
Notes: Curves for Trainz Geeks

Splines and track splines are created and stored using Bezier Curves, a mathematical formula commonly used for curves in computer graphics. Each spline segment, curved or straight, is described using just 4 points regardless of its length and complexity. This gives significant savings in storage and processing. Unfortunately, real world curves are rarely described by simple Bezier Curves. This can sometimes create difficulties when modelling curves from the real world so approximations often have to be used in the Trainz World.
When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the second spline segment, Left click. This will anchor the third spline endpoint and the Context Icons will move to the new segment.
Adding a Junction and Editing
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To add a junction to a spline segment Left click on it with the Placement Tool at the point where you want to insert the junction, including at an endpoint. Then move the mouse to draw out the new spline segment.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To edit a spline segment  DO NOT  click on it with the Placement Tool as this will insert a junction. Select the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool and then click on the segment to be edited.
Repeat Steps and above to continue laying the spline.


 Spline Segment Heights 

When you start adding a spline to a route it will always be placed at the height of the terrain regardless of the Tool Options  Height  setting.

However, you can set the end point heights of any selected segment.

Steps: To set the height of a Spline Segment:-
Lay the spline segment and while it is still highlighted...
Enter a value in the Tool Options  Height  and press the  Enter  key
The endpoints of the current spline segment will immediately be adjusted to the new height setting


Placing Track Objects

Track Objects (e.g. signals, speed signs, switches, etc), both visible and invisible, can only be attached to track splines.
Notes:

Visible examples of track objects include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Signals, speed signs, end buffers, switches
Invisible examples of track objects include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Trackmarks, triggers, direction and priority markers


Steps: Follow steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Track Object filter in the Assets Palette.

Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
track (non spline) assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Track Objects 


Placing Rolling Stock Objects

Rolling Stock Objects (e.g. locomotives, passenger cars and wagons) can only be attached to track splines.


Steps: Follow steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Rolling Stock filter in the Assets Palette.

Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
rolling stock assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Rolling Stock 


Placement Tool Options

Notes:

 
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 These options do not apply to Rolling Stock Objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When using the Placement Tool, the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting for all objects does not show a  Gold  coloured icon which indicates an "active" control setting but the setting is active.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To use the Height control with the Placement Tool a value must be entered followed by the  Enter  key OR select the  Apply Height  option from the objects Context Menu to use the current value. This must be performed after the object has been been placed.


 Placement Mesh Objects Tool Options 


In Surveyor 2.0 track objects can be given a height above (or below) the track.

Steps: To set the height of a selected Scenery or Track Mesh Object:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain. The vertical yellow line shown in the second image on the left indicates the height change. The small yellow dot at the base of the line is the terrain attachment point for the object.


 Placement Spline (and Track) Tool Options 


Splines have two Placement Tool settings in the Tool Options Palette.

 Grade  spline gradient (see Notes: below). The finishing endpoint of each spline segment will be set higher (for a positive grade) or lower (for a negative grade) than the starting endpoint
Range:  0% (flat) to ±100% (steep but not vertical)
 Condition  this applies to Track Spline objects and sets the track condition (or "ride comfort") for each segment
Range:  1% (terrible track condition) to 100% (perfect track condition)
The Track Condition can also be set for each track segment in its Context Menu  Edit Properties  option


The  Height  control is often active without showing the  Gold  icon. This allows the height of the object to be adjusted after it has been placed.


The height of a selected spline endpoint or segment can be set by:-
entering a value in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, OR
selecting the  Apply Height  option from the objects Context Menu to apply an existing height value, OR
entering a value in the objects  z  (height) setting in the Info Palette or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).


Notes:

  The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a gradient formed by both measurements having the same value (e.g. a rise of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical grade (such as up a cliff face) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.


Deleting Placed Objects

Steps: To delete objects:-
Select the object or a group of objects using either the:-
Free Move Tool (or press  S ) OR
Fine Adjustment Tool (or press  D )
  Multiple objects can be selected by holding down the  Shift  key when using these tools
Then ..
Either:-
Press the  Delete  key, OR
Open the Context Menu of the object (or object group) and select the  Delete  option
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 You can also use the Marquee Tool to select an area of the route to delete its objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 With these tools (Free Move, Fine Adjustment and Marquee) you can restrict the objects that can be selected and deleted by using filters in the Assets Palette. For more information see  Narrowing the Search in the Eyedropper Tool section below


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Eyedropper Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  R  The  Eyedropper Tool  identifies and selects objects in a Trainz World
This tool uses the Assets Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Eyedropper Tool has no drop down menu lists.

An Eyedropper is available in all the tools. Hold down the  Alt  key when using another tool and move the pointer onto an object to reveal its name


Eyedropper Tools When selected, the Eyedropper Tool will change the tool pointer to an "eyedropper" icon.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 move the eyedropper pointer over any object to reveal its name in a  ToolTip  below the pointer
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 hold the eyedropper over any object for a few seconds to reveal more information
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Left click on an object to select it in the Assets Palette


Quick Steps

With the Eyedropper Tool selected, move the tool pointer (which will now be an eyedropper symbol) onto any object in view.

Eyedropper
Left click on the object to identify it (highlighted in grey) in the Assets Palette filter list
Asset filter set by the Eyedropper in S20


Left click on the object name in the Assets Palette filter list to select it (highlighted in blue) and switch control to the Placement Tool


Sometimes (or often) a scene will be too crowded with different scenery objects to be able to use the Eyedropper Tool to easily select a single object. In these cases additional options are available to help "remove the clutter".
These filter options can be used with the Placement Tool, Free Move Tool, Fine Adjustment Tool and the Marquee Tool as well as with the Eyedropper Tool


At the top of the Assets Palette is a drop down box which controls how the Tool works with the filters that you set.

Assets palette The drop down box will provide three options:-
Filter List
Filter Selection
Filter Visibility


These options work with the Asset Filters to help narrow the search for a specific object or type of object that is in the route.

 Filter List  this option will have no effect on the operation of the Tool or on the objects displayed on the screen. It is the default setting and any selections made with the Tool will be shown in the Assets Palette as described in the section Quick Steps above.
 Filter Selection  this option will restrict the Tool to only working on those objects that are in the filtered list. Objects that are not in the filtered list cannot be selected.
 Filter Visibility  this option will hide all objects that are not in the filtered list. The only exceptions are Ground Textures and Effect Layers which will be visible but, unless they are also in the filtered list, cannot be selected.

As an example the following images show the progressive application of a Visibility Filter.

No filter has been applied.

All the objects are visible on the Surveyor screen.

ALL objects can be selected.

The Visibility Filter option has been applied and the filtered list has been set to display only Scenery Splines.

All objects except Scenery Splines, Ground Textures and Effect Layers are now hidden.

Now only Scenery Splines can be selected.

An additional filter has been applied. The word "fence" has been added to the search text box.

All Scenery Splines that do not have the text "fence" in their names or descriptions have now been hidden.

Now only the remaining visible Scenery Splines can be selected.

    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Free Move Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  S  The  Free Move Tool  moves objects around a Trainz World
This tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Free Move Tool has no drop down menu lists.

Free Move Tools
Free Move Alternatives
In addition to the Free Move Tool the position and height of objects can be changed by:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Fine Adjustment Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 editing its  x   y   z  values in  The Info Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 selecting the  Apply Height  option in its Context Menu


Free Move: Scenery Mesh Objects

Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in Trainz terminology as Scenery Mesh Objects.

 Free Move: Move a Mesh Object 

Steps: To move a Scenery Mesh Object:-
Select the Free Move Tool (or press the  S  key)
Left Click and Drag the object in any horizontal direction


When moving a scenery object, its height will be fixed to the terrain height.


 Free Move: Set the Height of a Mesh Object 

Steps: To set the height of a selected scenery mesh object:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain.


 Free Move: Mesh Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. Left click on the icon or press the  T  key. The icon design will vary between object types.


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If no object has been selected in the Assets Palette or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  option
 Reset Object Rotation  resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values
 Randomise Object Rotation  applies a random rotation angle to each object around its vertical axis
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Free Move: Track Objects

Track Objects (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in Surveyor Classic that was the limit of their movement. Surveyor 2.0 brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.

 Free Move: Move a Track Object 

Track objects can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.
Steps: To move a track object horizontally:-
Left Click and Drag the object anywhere in the horizontal plane including away from the track


Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 placing Track Marks and Triggers above (see the next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track

Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally.

 Free Move: Set the Height of a Track Object 

Track objects can be raised above and lowered below the track level.

Throw Lever track object level with the track
Steps: To move a selected track object vertically:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the track.


Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .

After being moved vertically


 Free Move: Track Object Context Menu 

A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected track objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Reattach to Track  if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track
 Rotate Trackside  reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)
 Change Junction Direction  if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed
 Select  in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their Context Menu and selecting:-
 Reattach to Track  to cancel the both the height and position changes, OR
 Settle on Ground  to cancel the height change only


Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.

Steps: To rotate a track object:-
Open the track objects Context Menu (click the icon or press the  T  key)
Select the option  Rotate Trackside 
Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.


Free Move: Spline Objects (Including Track)

Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their endpoints. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.
Moving a spline can involve moving:-
an endpoint, OR
a segment, OR
multiple segments including the whole length of the spline


 Free Move: Move Spline Endpoints 

Steps: To move an individual spline endpoint:-
Select the Free Move Tool or press the  S  key
Left Click and Drag the selected spline endpoint in any horizontal direction
Active (selected) endpoints are shown as green. Inactive spline endpoints are shown as black


The spline endpoint will be fixed at its original height.


 Free Move: Move Spline Segments 

Splines are frequently made of multiple segments joined together. You can easily move a spline by moving its segments, individually or as a group.

spline made of 3 joined segments
Not all splines have endpoints at each ends. As shown in the image on the left, some splines will have an "endcap" that is attached to the start of the first segment and to the end of the last segment. The use of an endcap is a purely cosmetic effect - to give the spline a more distinctive appearance.


Steps: To move an individual segment or multiple segments:-
Select the Free Move Tool or press the  S  key
Left click on the spline segment to be moved - click anywhere between the two spline endpoints on the segment
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the selected segment will be highlighted in green/yellow.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The segment will have a temporary endpoint inserted at the location you clicked.


Temporary spline endpoints can be made permanent by selecting the  Insert Spline Point Here  option from the segment Context Menu


IF you are going to select and move more than one spline segment, then:-
hold the  Shift  key down and individually Left click between the endpoints on each additional segment.


The last segment that you click will have the temporary endpoint added.
To select ALL the segments in a spline, Double-Left click on a segment

If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point

The segment that you double-clicked will have the context icons and the temporary endpoint added
Left Click and Drag the selected segment(s) in any horizontal direction.
If you had selected:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 only a single spline segment then only that segment will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will have their shapes (but not their endpoints) adjusted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 multiple spline segments then those segments will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will also have their shapes adjusted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the entire spline then ALL the segments and endpoints will be moved


 Free Move: Spline Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

Notes:
Splines have two different Context Icons that lead to two slightly different Context Menus.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for each endpoint
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for the segment
If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a Double-Left Click then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.


To open a selected objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Endpoint Context Menu 
 Segment Context Menu 


 Cut  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Copy  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Spline with Selected Asset  the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain
 Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the selected endpoint to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Height  sets the height of the selected segment or segments to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Grade to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the endpoint to give a Grade to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the Tool Options  Grade  text box
 Straighten Spline  forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick
 Separate Splines  breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint
 Merge Splines  removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the  Delete  key
 Insert Spline Point Here  inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected spline


Free Move: Rolling Stock Objects

Rolling Stock Objects (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.

 Free Move: Move Rolling Stock Objects 

Use the Free Move tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.

To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, Double Left click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object


Notes:

It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow X rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".
This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
The simple solution is to use the Free Move Tool to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.


 Free Move: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects 

All decoupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects are performed using just a Left Click and Drag.
Steps To Decouple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a  Shift  Left click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist
Left Click and Drag the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Release the object on an unoccupied section of track


To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key and Left click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist


A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.

Select one (Left click) or more ( Shift  Left click) rolling stock objects inside a consist
>
Left Click and Drag the object or objects out of the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not. Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The rotating yellow X floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again
 
Drag the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button


 Free Move: Couple Rolling Stock Objects 

All coupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects can be performed using just a Left Click and Drag or through the objects Context Menu.

Using Click and Drag

Steps: To Couple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be selected then use a  Shift  Left click to individually select each object
Left Click and Drag the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it
When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height


Consider the following simple situation:-

The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.
Steps:
Left Click and Drag the rolling stock object towards the consist.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.
When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.


Using the Context Menu

Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.

Steps:
Select, Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key when Left clicking), on both objects
The order of selection IS important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last

The Context Icon will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.

Open the Rolling Stock Object Context Menu by either:-

clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, OR
pressing the  T  key

Select the option  Merge into Single Train 



Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist


Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van


Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.
The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the Context Icon. The Context Menu is opened and the option  Merge into Single Train  is selected with the result as shown below.
The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple Left Click and Drag operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.


 Free Move: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu 

A selected rolling stock object, or a group of selected rolling stock objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected rolling stock objects Context menu either:-
Left click its Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


Notes:

Unlike other Context Menus, the  Cut  and  Copy  menu options are not selectable for Rolling Stock Objects because these objects cannot be added to a Scrapbook. The  Save to Consist Asset...  option performs some of the Scrapbook functions for rolling stock.
 Paste  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height
 Reattach to Track  this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed
 Rotate Vehicle  rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order
 Change Consist Heading  reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist
 Rotate Consist Heading  the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face
 Merge into Single Train  when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See  Coupling Rolling Stock Objects for more details
 Save to Consist Asset...  saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the Assets Palette
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected rolling stock object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected rolling stock object
    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The information in this Wiki Page applies to Surveyor 2.0 (S20) as found in Trainz Plus. The original reference material for this document can be found at  Surveyor 2.0 Overview

      Next Down Bottom
Surveyor 2.0  Mouse  and  Keyboard  Aids and Shortcuts
 Operations 
 LClick  Left Click on an object to Select it
 Shift   LClick  hold down the Shift key and Left Click on another object to add it to the Selection
 LClick   Drag  Left Click and Drag to Move an object or a group of selected objects
 RClick  Right Click on the terrain to Move the Compass Rose and Focus to that location
 DLClick  Double Left Click on an object to add it and all nearby identical objects into a single Selection
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 when used on a consist all the wagons in the consist, regardless of type, will be selected
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 when used on a spline or track all the segments upto the next junction will be selected
 Shift   DLClick  hold down the Shift key and Double Left Click on another object to add it and its nearby identical objects to those already in the Selection
 Ctrl   LClick   Drag  hold down the Ctrl key and Left Click and Drag to Clone an object or selected objects
 Ctrl   C  press Ctrl C to Copy selected objects (including the ground height, ground textures and any effect layers) into a new Scrapbook
 Ctrl   D  press Ctrl D to Unselect a selected object (or ALL objects if multiple objects have been selected)
 Ctrl   E  press Ctrl E to open the Route Editor (to edit the route name, description, thumbnail, scale, etc)
 Ctrl   F  press Ctrl F to open the Object Finder
 Ctrl   F1  press Ctrl F1 to switch from Driver to Surveyor via the UDS inteface
 Ctrl   F2  press Ctrl F2 to switch from Surveyor to Driver via the UDS inteface
 Ctrl   M  press Ctrl M to open the Mini Map
 Ctrl   R  press Ctrl R to open the Session Editor (to edit the session name, description and rules)
 Ctrl   S  press Ctrl S to Save the current route and/or session (which ever has been edited)
 Ctrl   V  press Ctrl V to Paste the current Scrapbook into the route at the cursor position (the Surveyor Compass Rose). The current settings in the Scrapbook Palette Filter will control which objects are pasted and how they are pasted
 Ctrl   X  press Ctrl X to Cut and remove selected objects from the route and place them into a new Scrapbook. The ground height, ground textures, effect layers and any objects in locked layers will be copied, not cut
 Ctrl   Y  press Ctrl Y to Redo (reverse) the last  Ctrl   Z  command
 Ctrl   Z  press Ctrl Z to Undo previous actions
 Ctrl   Space  press Ctrl Space to show/hide the User Interface (the Trainz Main Menu icons and all the docked palettes - undocked palettes will still be visible)
 Alt  hold down the Alt key and hover the tool pointer over an object to Identify it
 Alt   LClick  hold down the Alt key and Left Click on an object to Select it in the Assets Palette
 Delete  press the Delete key to Delete a selected object or objects from the route
 Tools 
 W  selects the Brush Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 E  selects the Placement Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 R  selects the Eyedropper Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 S  selects the Free Move Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 D  selects the Fine Adjustment Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 F  selects the Marquee Tool Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
 T  opens the Context Menu of a selected object


Assets and Objects

(from the Surveyor 2.0 Overview document)

In this online documentation, the term Asset is used when talking about the items listed in Content Manager and the Asset Palette. Every asset has a KUID (unique identifier). When an asset (selected in the Assets Palette) is placed into the world, the instance of the asset in the world is referred to as an Object. There are multiple types of object, such as Scenery, Splines, Trains, Trackside, etc.


  Top   Next Down Bottom

Surveyor 2.0 vs Surveyor Classic

Surveyor 2.0
Surveyor 2.0 (or S20) is the new Surveyor interface provided to Trainz Plus Gold and Trainz Plus Standard subscribers as an alternative to Surveyor Classic. Classic is still available as an option in Trainz Plus. S20 is also available in TRS22 for Trainz Plus subscribers only. TRS22 without the subscription will have Surveyor Classic.
Whats New
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a single set of common tools that can be applied to ALL types of objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ability to select multiple objects of different types that can be manipulated as one with more freedom than was previously possible
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 each object has its own Context Menu that applies specific actions depending on the type of object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 information and controls in dockable and moveable Palettes that can be hidden when not needed
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a new Scrapbook asset to store "scenes" that can be pasted anywhere in a route, between routes and shared through the DLS
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a new Marquee Tool that allows:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 multiple baseboards to be added, deleted and have their height, ground texture and grid resolution changed in a single operation
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 objects, ground heights, ground textures and effect layers to be moved and copied


The following screen images help illustrate the change in philosophy that has occurred with the release of the Surveyor 2.0 user interface.

 Surveyor Classic 

2002 - 2022

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all the tools are in separate fixed Tabbed Flyouts with a different Flyout and set of tools for each type of object (scenery, track, terrain, textures, trains, etc)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the workflow forces you to select the correct tool for the type of object and then apply it to just a single object at a time


 Surveyor 2.0 

2022 -

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 there is just one set of tools that can be applied to all types of objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the workflow allows you to select multiple objects (that can be of different types) and then apply a selected tool or operation to them all
  Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Tools Palette

The Tools Palette is at the core of the new interface and takes the place of all the Tool Flyouts that have been the standard for Trainz Surveyor for many years. Some of the tools are new while others have been given a makeover and new abilities.
Tools and keymap for S20


The  Context Tool  is attached as an icon to a selected or newly placed object. The icon design will vary according to the type of object.

Notes: Palettes

If the Tools Palette is not shown on the screen, then:-

Windows Menu
Steps:
open the Window Menu from the menu icons at the top of the screen
 
visible palettes have ticks next to their names
invisible (hidden) palettes have no ticks next to their names
to make a hidden palette visible simply Left click on its name or on the next to its name. This will add a and make the Tools Palette visible
make sure that the Tool Options Palette is also visible

There is a Trainz Wiki Page specifically covering the S20 Palettes at
 How to Use the S20 Palettes

An Eyedropper is inside all the tools so you can quickly identify any object without having to switch to the Eyedropper Tool and back again.
Just hold down the  Alt  key as you move your selected tool onto an object to reveal its name. Left click on the object while holding down the key to select it in the Assets Palette list.


  Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Brush Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  W  The  Brush Tool  "paints" the ground height, ground textures, effect layers and scrapbook scenes in the Trainz World

The Brush Tool has two drop down menu lists.

Brush Tools
The first drop down menu will set the "Brush Target" which is the type of brush. Left click on the drop down box and on a Target to select it:-
Ground Height
Ground Texture
Scrapbook Data
<List of Effect Layers>
Edit Effect Layers
If you have any Effect Layers then they will appear as Targets in this drop down list. Select an Effect Layer to use the brush to paint with that layer.


Ground Height

This Brush Target raises or lowers the Ground Height by using a "painting" action
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.

When the Ground Height Target is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of several brush actions that control how the height is adjusted.

The actions are:-
Height Up
Height Down
Set Height
Grade
Height Up/Height Down raises/lowers the ground at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Set Height "plateaus" the ground to the Height setting at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Grade creates a smooth slope at the Grade and Angle settings at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity
The active height brush options for each action are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored by the selected action, but they can still be edited.
 Height Up/Height Down 
Up/Down brush options
 Set Height 
Height brush options
 Grade 
Grade brush options

 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Height  the brush height (metres)
Range:  -3000m to 3000m
 Sensitivity  the rate at which the height changes
Range:  1% (very slowly) to 100% (very quickly)
 Grade  slope gradient - see Notes: below
Range:  0% = flat ("Plateau" in Classic) to
  ±100% = steep (but not vertical)
 Angle  grade direction (compass degrees)
Range:  0° (North) to ±359°
a negative value reverses the grade direction


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases. If you are using the brush to set an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, to a specific height then the Marquee Tool would be a better choice.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.
 
Steps: To set the Ground Height:-
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the brush Target (in this case  Ground Height )
select the brush Action (Height Up, Height Down, etc)
set any brush controls (radius, height, sensitivity, etc) in the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to change the terrain height


Ground Texture

This tool paints the currently selected Ground Texture (from the Assets Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette and the Assets Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.

When the Ground Texture Target is selected, the second drop down box will be disabled - there are no brush texture actions.

The active texture brush options are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.
Texture brush options
 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Sensitivity  texture transparency
Range:  1% = almost transparent to
  100% = solid (opaque)
 Rotation  initial rotation angle - see Notes: below
Range:  0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)
 Scale  the texture pattern scaling factor
Range:  0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size
Steps: To paint a Ground Texture:-
select your Ground Texture in the Assets Palette - you can use the Assets Palette filter options to narrow down the selection
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the Ground Texture target from the Brush drop down menu
set any brush controls (radius, sensitivity, rotation, scale) in the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the texture


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases. If you are using the brush to paint an entire baseboard, or many baseboards, then the Marquee Tool will be quicker but it will not give the options of changing the scale and rotation.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Rotation  controls the starting angle for the texture when painting and is often used to avoid pattern repetition. As in Surveyor Classic, holding down the  [  or  ]  keys while painting will continuously change the rotation angle
Warning: Changing the rotation angle during painting is not recommended for PBR Textures as this will significantly increase the memory useage (each rotation will load in another copy of the PBR texture).


 Default Baseboard Ground Texture 

When a new route is created or a new baseboard is added it will be covered with the Default ground texture for the selected Region. This can be temporarily disabled or permanently changed to a different texture (including to the standard TRS19 grid pattern).
The easiest option is to disable the current default ground texture
Steps:
open the Surveyor Display Menu
select the Ground option
select the Grid option. This will use the current grid texture.
A more complex solution is to edit an existing Region or create one of your own to add your preferred ground texture (such as the standard TRS19 grid pattern) to each new route you create and every new baseboard that you add.


Information on creating and editing Region assets can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


Scrapbook Data

This tool paints the currently selected Scrapbook (from the Scrapbook Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses both the Tool Options Palette and the Scrapbook Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document. Instructions on how to create Scrapbooks can be found in the  Marquee Tool section of this document.


Notes:

Scrapbooks, when created, will contain:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers - if present
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Selected Objects - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc
 But NOT Rolling Stock (Trains) 
Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the Assets Palette
Notes:

Scrapbooks, when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Objects (Meshes) - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Splines - roads, track, fences, etc
You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.


The current Scrapbook can be Pasted into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the Compass Rose) by:-
pressing  Ctrl   V , OR
selecting  Paste  from the Context Menu of a selected object
In both cases the Scrapbook will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a Marquee Selection Area that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current Scrapbook Palette filter settings


 The Scrapbook Brush Actions 

When the Scrapbook Data Target is selected, the second drop down box will give a choice of two brush actions that control how the scrapbook is applied.

The actions are:-
Scrapbook Brush
Scrapbook Clone
Scrapbook Brush will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size

Scrapbook Clone will paint the scrapbook sized according to the Scale setting. See Notes below


Notes:

 Scrapbook Brush  will resize the scrapbook contents to fit the selected brush shape and size.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is small then the scrapbook contents will be compressed closer together
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is large then the contents will be spaced further apart
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Every Left Click will paste another complete scrapbook copy
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Scale control in the Tool Options Palette is ignored.
 Scrapbook Clone  will paste the scrapbook sized according to the Scale setting (100% = original size)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is the same size as the scaled scrapbook then a single exact copy will be pasted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is smaller than the scaled scrapbook in size then only the central part of the scrapbook will be revealed and more will be added when the brush is moved around until the "painted" area covers the same area as the scaled scrapbook. Further painting will clone or tile the scrapbook contents
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the brush is larger than the scaled scrapbook in size then the contents will be cloned or tiled to fill the set brush radius
Warning: The Scale and Radius settings must be carefully selected. Setting  extreme  values for both (a very large brush radius and a very small scale value) can cause  performance issues  (i.e. long delays) while the program attempts to scale and clone the scrapbook contents


The active scrapbook brush options are shown in the Tool Options Palette with a  Gold  coloured icon next to their names. Those options that have their icon greyed out will be ignored, but they can still be edited.
 Scrapbook Brush 
Brush options
 Scrapbook Clone 
Clone options

 Radius  the brush radius (metres) - see Notes: below
Range:  5m and above
 Rotation  initial rotation angle (degrees) - see Notes: below
Range:  0° to ±360° (larger angles can be entered)
 Scale  the scrapbook scaling factor
Range:  0.01% = smallest to 100% = full size
 Shape  brush shape
Options:  Circle and Square will set the brush to the selected shape
  Natural will set the brush to the same shape as the Marquee that created the scrapbook, which may be rectangular. The Radius setting will set the relative brush dimensions


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Rotation  controls the starting angle for pasting the scrapbook objects. In Surveyor Classic you could only rotate and paste in 90° increments. In S20 you can rotate and paste at any angle.
 
Steps: To "paint" with a Scrapbook asset:-
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the Scrapbook Data target from the Brush first drop down menu
select a brush action (Brush or Clone) from the Brush second drop down menu
select a Scrapbook asset to be painted (see the The Scrapbook Palette below)
open the Scrapbook Filter in the Scrapbook Palette and select the features to be pasted and their method of pasting (see The Scrapbook Filters below)
set any Brush controls from the Tool Options Palette
Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the scrapbook asset


 The Scrapbook Palette 

Left click on the pin icon to Lock (blue pin) and Unlock (white pin) the scrapbook. Locked scrapbooks are permanent (but can still be deleted). Unlocked scrapbooks will "expire" (self delete) after 5 days
Left click on the delete icon to delete the current scrapbook - most scrapbooks can be deleted (see Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks below on how to deal with the exceptions to this)
Identifies the currently displayed scrapbook (the first number) and the total number of stored scrapbooks (the second number)
Left click on the  <  or  >  to move forwards or backwards through the stored scrapbooks to select the scrapbook that will be added to the route
  The scrapbook name can be edited. Simply Left click inside the name box to edit or replace the current name. Left click on the image to make the name change permanent and pin (lock) the scrapbook


Notes: Deleting Built-in Scrapbooks

Some scrapbooks are installed with Trainz and cannot be deleted. These scrapbooks have the label Prefab at the front of their names (you may have to scroll to the front of the name to see it). While they cannot be deleted they can be "disabled" so that they won't appear as an installed scrapbook. Unlocking them will not cause them to "expire" - after 5 days they will just become locked again.
Steps: To disable built-in scrapbooks
Open Content Manager and locate the "permanent" scrapbook or scrapbooks.
Search Tips: Name: starts with "Prefab"; Status: is Built-in; Type: is Misc
Highlight (select) the Scrapbook assets
Open the Content menu and select Disable
You can reverse this and Enable any or all of these scrapbooks later if you need them.


 The Scrapbook Filters 

You will probably need to undock and resize the Scrapbook palette to make full use of its filters. See the Trainz Wiki page at  How to Use Surveyor 2.0 Palettes for undocking and resizing instructions
Left click on the arrowhead next to the  Filters:  label below the scrapbook image to open the scrapbook filter controls. These filters will control which elements in the scrapbook will be added to the route and how thay will be added.




For example: To paint a scrapbook asset onto a route with certain conditions set:-
 Ground Height:   None  ground height data will not be pasted and the ground heights already in the target area will be used
 Ground Texture:  Overwrite  textures present in the scrapbook will replace those already in the target area
 Meshes:  Add  scenery objects in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area
 Splines:  Add  scenery splines in the scrapbook will be added to those already in the target area
 Effect Layers:   None  effect layers in the scrapbook will not be pasted and any already in the target area will be used
 Scrapbook Painting/Pasting Options 
 What Data to Transfer 
    Ground Height  terrain height(s) used in the scrapbook
    Texture  textures used in the scrapbook
    Meshes  scenery objects (e.g. trees, buildings) used in the scrapbook
    Splines  spline objects used in the scrapbook
    Effect Layers  effect layers (TurfFX, Clutter, Water Layer) used in the scrapbook
 How to Transfer the Data
    None  do not paste/paint this feature
    Add  add this feature to those already present
    Overwrite  use this feature to replace those already present
For the Ground Height:-
    Absolute  use the ground heights in the scrapbook to replace the existing ground heights
    Relative  modify the existing ground heights relative to those used in the scrapbook (to ignore the scrapbook ground heights completely select the option None)


The current Scrapbook can be Pasted into a route at the position of the screen cursor (the Compass Rose) by:-
pressing  Ctrl   V , OR
selecting  Paste  from the Context Menu of a selected object
In both cases the Scrapbook will be pasted using the original scrapbooks size. It will be pasted inside a Marquee Selection Area that can be moved and resized. The objects that are pasted and how they are pasted is controlled by the current Scrapbook Palette filter settings


Effect Layers

This tool paints the currently selected Effect Layer (from the Assets Palette) on the ground
This brush tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.
If the route has Effect Layers installed then they will be listed individually as additional Targets.


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers are created using the Edit Effect Layers options found in both the Surveyor Edit Menu at the top of the screen and also in the Brush Tools drop down list. They can also be loaded from .CDP files and installed from the Download Station (DLS).
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Once installed or created, Effect Layers can be added to a route as presets using either of the Edit Effect Layers options.


You can also select an Effect Layer from the Assets Palette filter list and immediately start "painting" using the current Tool Options Palette settings. This will also add the Effect Layer into the Brush Target List


 TurfFX and Clutter Effect Layers 

When a TurfFX or Clutter Effect Layer has been selected as the Target, the second drop down box will give a choice of three actions.
The actions are very similar to those found in the Ground Height brush:-
Increase
Decrease
Set Intensity
Increase/Decrease raises or lowers the intensity of the effect layer at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity setting as the brush is swept back and forth over an area
Set Intensity will paint the effect layer in one sweep using the Intensity setting


Steps: To paint with an Effect Layer
select the Brush Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  W  key)
select the <effect layer name> from the Brush Target drop down menu. If there are no Effect Layers listed then none have been created or installed
select a Brush action from the second drop down list
 Set Intensity  will paint the Effect Layer at the Intensity level in the Tool Options Palette
 Increase  will paint the Effect Layer with each "sweep" of the brush increasing the layer Intensity up to the maximum (100%) at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity level
 Decrease  will paint the Effect Layer with each "sweep" of the brush decreasing the layer Intensity at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity level
set any required Brush  Radius ,  Intensity  and  Sensitivity  controls from the Tool Options Palette
Left Click or Left Click and Drag on the terrain to paint with the Effect Layer


 Water Effect Layer 

A Water Effect Layer will cover the entire route. Use the Ground Height Brush to raise or lower the ground to hide and reveal the water where required


When a Water Effect Layer has been selected as theTarget, the second drop down box will give a choice of five actions.
The actions are identical to those found in the Ground Height brush plus a new action:-
Height Up
Height Down
Set Height
Grade
Bulk Adjust
Height Up/Height Down raises or lowers the water layer under the brush at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity

Set Height will "plateau" the water layer under the brush to the Height setting at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity
Grade creates a smooth slope under the brush at the Grade and Angle settings at a rate controlled by the Sensitivity - see Notes: below
Bulk Adjust will move the entire water layer up or down - see Notes: below


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To create a flat water layer use Set Height rather than Height Up/Height Down and set the Brush Sensitivity to 100%
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Grade action can be used to create a river that slowly (or rapidly) falls over a set distance


Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Unlike Surveyor Classic, there is no upper limit to the brush  Radius . Brushes of hundreds of metres (even kilometres) in size are possible. However, the performance will decrease as the brush radius increases.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 It is NOT recommended that you use both Water Effect Layers and the original Legacy Water in the same route. Use one or the other but, where possible, avoid using both.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a slope formed by the height and distance both being the same value (e.g. a height increase of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical slope (a cliff) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Bulk Adjust action is not fully intuitive and will require some experimentation. It will raise and lower the water effect layer in the baseboard where the Left Click and Drag was executed. Areas within that baseboard where the water effect layer had previously been set to a different height will not be affected until the water level reaches the same height. The Water Effect Layer in surrounding baseboards will also start to move when the level reaches their current heights.


Edit Effect Layers...

When this Target is selected, the Edit Effect Layers options will appear. This is the same as selecting Edit Effect Layers ... from the Surveyor Edit Menu.

Open effect layers If no Effect Layers are present then you can create a new one
New effect layer
If Effect Layers are present then select one to edit
Edit effect layers


Effect Layers are created for each route. You can select and edit a previously saved Effect Layer rather than having to recreate the entire effect each time.


More information on creating and editing Effect Layers can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Placement Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  E  The  Placement Tool  adds objects to a Trainz World
This tool uses the Tool Options Palette and the Assets Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Placement Tool has no drop down menu lists.

Placement Tools
More Placement Options
After an object has been placed in a route its position and height can be changed by:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Free Move Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Fine Adjustment Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 editing its  x   y   z  values in  The Info Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 selecting the  Apply Height  option in its Context Menu


The first step is to identify and select the particular object that you want to add to the route.

Placing a Scenery Mesh Object

Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in Trainz terminology as Scenery Mesh Objects.

Steps: To add a Scenery Mesh Object the first step is to identify the exact asset you want to add.

In the Asset Palette either:-

Left click on an asset selection icon

Filter Icons

all ground textures
all non-spline scenery assets
all spline scenery assets
all track spline assets
all track (non spline) assets (signals, etc)
all rolling stock assets
all Effect Layer presets
OR
Left click the Content Drop-down Box

Filter List
Then select Scenery Objects
Scenery Objects

 Shortcut 
If you already have the same object placed in your route then:-
move the tool pointer over the object to be selected and hold down the  Alt  key. The object name will appear in a ToolTip attached to the pointer
while holding down the  Alt  key Left click on the object to identify it in the Assets Palette and automatically select it for placement with the Placement Tool. Release the key
Jump to Step below.
To narrow down the filter list type part of the object name into the Search Text Box. For example if you have selected Scenery Objects and want to find "barns", then type "barn" (UPPER/lower case does not matter).
Text search
This will list all the Scenery Objects containing the text "barn" in their name or description.
Filtered list Left click on the required item in the list (e.g. "wooden barn").

When selected the object will be highlighted on a blue background and its name will appear in the Assets Palette title bar.

If you are not sure about an object then Double-Left click on the name to bring up its image and description or view its rotatimg and resizeable 3D image in the Preview Palette.

Left clicking an object in the Assets Palette filter list will automatically activate the Placement Tool so the next Left click in the route will place that object in the route.


The final step is to place the selected object into the route.
  1. If the Placement Tool is not selected then Left click it or press the  E  key
  2. Click on the spot where you want to place the object
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Placement Tool will remain on and active until another tool has been selected. So everytime you click another copy of the object (or another object if you change your selection) will be added to the route
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the last object placed will be highlighted (covered in "green/yellow"). This will be the selected object if you switch control to the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool


Placing a Scenery or Track Spline

Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their endpoints. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.


Steps: Start the process of laying a track or spline by identifying and selecting the track or scenery spline as described in steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Scenery Spline or the Track filter in the Assets Palette
Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
spline scenery assets OR track spline assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Scenery Splines  OR  Track 


Then, after Step , continue with the steps listed below:-

The "Click on the spot" as shown in Step will place the start or first endpoint of the spline.
Move the mouse in the direction you want to lay the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.
When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the first spline segment, Left click the mouse. This will anchor the second spline endpoint. The spline between the two endpoints is the first spline segment.


The spline segment will now have three Context Icons, one for each endpoint and one for the spline segment.

Different context menu options are provided depending on which icon you click on
Left click on the new endpoint and move the mouse in the direction you want to continue laying the spline or track. The spline will follow the mouse wherever you move it.
Notes: Curves for Trainz Geeks

Splines and track splines are created and stored using Bezier Curves, a mathematical formula commonly used for curves in computer graphics. Each spline segment, curved or straight, is described using just 4 points regardless of its length and complexity. This gives significant savings in storage and processing. Unfortunately, real world curves are rarely described by simple Bezier Curves. This can sometimes create difficulties when modelling curves from the real world so approximations often have to be used in the Trainz World.
When you have the tool pointer in the final position for the second spline segment, Left click. This will anchor the third spline endpoint and the Context Icons will move to the new segment.
Adding a Junction and Editing
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To add a junction to a spline segment Left click on it with the Placement Tool at the point where you want to insert the junction, including at an endpoint. Then move the mouse to draw out the new spline segment.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To edit a spline segment  DO NOT  click on it with the Placement Tool as this will insert a junction. Select the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool and then click on the segment to be edited.
Repeat Steps and above to continue laying the spline.


 Spline Segment Heights 

When you start adding a spline to a route it will always be placed at the height of the terrain regardless of the Tool Options  Height  setting.

However, you can set the end point heights of any selected segment.

Steps: To set the height of a Spline Segment:-
Lay the spline segment and while it is still highlighted...
Enter a value in the Tool Options  Height  and press the  Enter  key
The endpoints of the current spline segment will immediately be adjusted to the new height setting


Placing Track Objects

Track Objects (e.g. signals, speed signs, switches, etc), both visible and invisible, can only be attached to track splines.
Notes:

Visible examples of track objects include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Signals, speed signs, end buffers, switches
Invisible examples of track objects include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Trackmarks, triggers, direction and priority markers


Steps: Follow steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Track Object filter in the Assets Palette.

Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
track (non spline) assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Track Objects 


Placing Rolling Stock Objects

Rolling Stock Objects (e.g. locomotives, passenger cars and wagons) can only be attached to track splines.


Steps: Follow steps to in  Placing a Scenery Mesh Object above but in Step select the Rolling Stock filter in the Assets Palette.

Select from the Assets Palette icons:-
rolling stock assets
OR
Select from the Assets Palette drop down list:-
 Rolling Stock 


Placement Tool Options

Notes:

 
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 These options do not apply to Rolling Stock Objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When using the Placement Tool, the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting for all objects does not show a  Gold  coloured icon which indicates an "active" control setting but the setting is active.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To use the Height control with the Placement Tool a value must be entered followed by the  Enter  key OR select the  Apply Height  option from the objects Context Menu to use the current value. This must be performed after the object has been been placed.


 Placement Mesh Objects Tool Options 


In Surveyor 2.0 track objects can be given a height above (or below) the track.

Steps: To set the height of a selected Scenery or Track Mesh Object:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain. The vertical yellow line shown in the second image on the left indicates the height change. The small yellow dot at the base of the line is the terrain attachment point for the object.


 Placement Spline (and Track) Tool Options 


Splines have two Placement Tool settings in the Tool Options Palette.

 Grade  spline gradient (see Notes: below). The finishing endpoint of each spline segment will be set higher (for a positive grade) or lower (for a negative grade) than the starting endpoint
Range:  0% (flat) to ±100% (steep but not vertical)
 Condition  this applies to Track Spline objects and sets the track condition (or "ride comfort") for each segment
Range:  1% (terrible track condition) to 100% (perfect track condition)
The Track Condition can also be set for each track segment in its Context Menu  Edit Properties  option


The  Height  control is often active without showing the  Gold  icon. This allows the height of the object to be adjusted after it has been placed.


The height of a selected spline endpoint or segment can be set by:-
entering a value in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, OR
selecting the  Apply Height  option from the objects Context Menu to apply an existing height value, OR
entering a value in the objects  z  (height) setting in the Info Palette or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).


Notes:

  The  Grade  is defined as vertical rise divided by horizontal distance converted to a percentage figure. So a grade of 100% (the maximum allowed) would mean a gradient formed by both measurements having the same value (e.g. a rise of 50m over a distance of 50m). A vertical grade (such as up a cliff face) would have an infinite grade which is currently impossible in Surveyor.


Deleting Placed Objects

Steps: To delete objects:-
Select the object or a group of objects using either the:-
Free Move Tool (or press  S ) OR
Fine Adjustment Tool (or press  D )
  Multiple objects can be selected by holding down the  Shift  key when using these tools
Then ..
Either:-
Press the  Delete  key, OR
Open the Context Menu of the object (or object group) and select the  Delete  option
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 You can also use the Marquee Tool to select an area of the route to delete its objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 With these tools (Free Move, Fine Adjustment and Marquee) you can restrict the objects that can be selected and deleted by using filters in the Assets Palette. For more information see  Narrowing the Search in the Eyedropper Tool section below


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Eyedropper Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  R  The  Eyedropper Tool  identifies and selects objects in a Trainz World
This tool uses the Assets Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Eyedropper Tool has no drop down menu lists.

An Eyedropper is available in all the tools. Hold down the  Alt  key when using another tool and move the pointer onto an object to reveal its name


Eyedropper Tools When selected, the Eyedropper Tool will change the tool pointer to an "eyedropper" icon.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 move the eyedropper pointer over any object to reveal its name in a  ToolTip  below the pointer
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 hold the eyedropper over any object for a few seconds to reveal more information
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Left click on an object to select it in the Assets Palette


Quick Steps

With the Eyedropper Tool selected, move the tool pointer (which will now be an eyedropper symbol) onto any object in view.

Eyedropper
Left click on the object to identify it (highlighted in grey) in the Assets Palette filter list
Asset filter set by the Eyedropper in S20


Left click on the object name in the Assets Palette filter list to select it (highlighted in blue) and switch control to the Placement Tool


Narrowing the Search

Sometimes (or often) a scene will be too crowded with different scenery objects to be able to use the Eyedropper Tool to easily select a single object. In these cases additional options are available to help "remove the clutter".
These filter options can be used with the Placement Tool, Free Move Tool, Fine Adjustment Tool and the Marquee Tool as well as with the Eyedropper Tool


At the top of the Assets Palette is a drop down box which controls how the Tool works with the filters that you set.

Assets palette The drop down box will provide three options:-
Filter List
Filter Selection
Filter Visibility


These options work with the Asset Filters to help narrow the search for a specific object or type of object that is in the route.

 Filter List  this option will have no effect on the operation of the Tool or on the objects displayed on the screen. It is the default setting and any selections made with the Tool will be shown in the Assets Palette as described in the section Quick Steps above.
 Filter Selection  this option will restrict the Tool to only working on those objects that are in the filtered list. Objects that are not in the filtered list cannot be selected.
 Filter Visibility  this option will hide all objects that are not in the filtered list. The only exceptions are Ground Textures and Effect Layers which will be visible but, unless they are also in the filtered list, cannot be selected.

As an example the following images show the progressive application of a Visibility Filter.

No filter has been applied.

All the objects are visible on the Surveyor screen.

ALL objects can be selected.

The Visibility Filter option has been applied and the filtered list has been set to display only Scenery Splines.

All objects except Scenery Splines, Ground Textures and Effect Layers are now hidden.

Now only Scenery Splines can be selected.

An additional filter has been applied. The word "fence" has been added to the search text box.

All Scenery Splines that do not have the text "fence" in their names or descriptions have now been hidden.

Now only the remaining visible Scenery Splines can be selected.

    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Free Move Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  S  The  Free Move Tool  moves objects around a Trainz World
This tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Free Move Tool has no drop down menu lists.

Free Move Tools
Free Move Alternatives
In addition to the Free Move Tool the position and height of objects can be changed by:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Fine Adjustment Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 editing its  x   y   z  values in  The Info Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 selecting the  Apply Height  option in its Context Menu


Free Move: Scenery Mesh Objects

Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in Trainz terminology as Scenery Mesh Objects.

 Free Move: Move a Mesh Object 

Steps: To move a Scenery Mesh Object:-
Select the Free Move Tool (or press the  S  key)
Left Click and Drag the object in any horizontal direction


When moving a scenery object, its height will be fixed to the terrain height.


 Free Move: Set the Height of a Mesh Object 

Steps: To set the height of a selected scenery mesh object:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the terrain.


 Free Move: Mesh Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. Left click on the icon or press the  T  key. The icon design will vary between object types.


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If no object has been selected in the Assets Palette or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  option
 Reset Object Rotation  resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values
 Randomise Object Rotation  applies a random rotation angle to each object around its vertical axis
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Free Move: Track Objects

Track Objects (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in Surveyor Classic that was the limit of their movement. Surveyor 2.0 brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.

 Free Move: Move a Track Object 

Track objects can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.
Steps: To move a track object horizontally:-
Left Click and Drag the object anywhere in the horizontal plane including away from the track


Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 placing Track Marks and Triggers above (see the next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track

Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally.

 Free Move: Set the Height of a Track Object 

Track objects can be raised above and lowered below the track level.

Throw Lever track object level with the track
Steps: To move a selected track object vertically:-
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
The object will be moved to the set height above (or below) the track.


Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .

After being moved vertically


 Free Move: Track Object Context Menu 

A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected track objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Reattach to Track  if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track
 Rotate Trackside  reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)
 Change Junction Direction  if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed
 Select  in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their Context Menu and selecting:-
 Reattach to Track  to cancel the both the height and position changes, OR
 Settle on Ground  to cancel the height change only


Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.

Steps: To rotate a track object:-
Open the track objects Context Menu (click the icon or press the  T  key)
Select the option  Rotate Trackside 
Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.


Free Move: Spline Objects (Including Track)

Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their endpoints. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.
Moving a spline can involve moving:-
an endpoint, OR
a segment, OR
multiple segments including the whole length of the spline


 Free Move: Move Spline Endpoints 

Steps: To move an individual spline endpoint:-
Select the Free Move Tool or press the  S  key
Left Click and Drag the selected spline endpoint in any horizontal direction
Active (selected) endpoints are shown as green. Inactive spline endpoints are shown as black


The spline endpoint will be fixed at its original height.


 Free Move: Move Spline Segments 

Splines are frequently made of multiple segments joined together. You can easily move a spline by moving its segments, individually or as a group.

spline made of 3 joined segments
Not all splines have endpoints at each ends. As shown in the image on the left, some splines will have an "endcap" that is attached to the start of the first segment and to the end of the last segment. The use of an endcap is a purely cosmetic effect - to give the spline a more distinctive appearance.


Steps: To move an individual segment or multiple segments:-
Select the Free Move Tool or press the  S  key
Left click on the spline segment to be moved - click anywhere between the two spline endpoints on the segment
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the selected segment will be highlighted in green/yellow.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The segment will have a temporary endpoint inserted at the location you clicked.


Temporary spline endpoints can be made permanent by selecting the  Insert Spline Point Here  option from the segment Context Menu


IF you are going to select and move more than one spline segment, then:-
hold the  Shift  key down and individually Left click between the endpoints on each additional segment.


The last segment that you click will have the temporary endpoint added.
To select ALL the segments in a spline, Double-Left click on a segment

If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point

The segment that you double-clicked will have the context icons and the temporary endpoint added
Left Click and Drag the selected segment(s) in any horizontal direction.
If you had selected:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 only a single spline segment then only that segment will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will have their shapes (but not their endpoints) adjusted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 multiple spline segments then those segments will be moved and the adjacent segments that were not selected will also have their shapes adjusted
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the entire spline then ALL the segments and endpoints will be moved


 Free Move: Spline Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

Notes:
Splines have two different Context Icons that lead to two slightly different Context Menus.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for each endpoint
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for the segment
If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a Double-Left Click then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.


To open a selected objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Endpoint Context Menu 
 Segment Context Menu 


 Cut  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Copy  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Spline with Selected Asset  the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain
 Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the selected endpoint to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Height  sets the height of the selected segment or segments to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Grade to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the endpoint to give a Grade to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the Tool Options  Grade  text box
 Straighten Spline  forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick
 Separate Splines  breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint
 Merge Splines  removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the  Delete  key
 Insert Spline Point Here  inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected spline


Free Move: Rolling Stock Objects

Rolling Stock Objects (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.

 Free Move: Move Rolling Stock Objects 

Use the Free Move tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.

To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, Double Left click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object


Notes:

It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow X rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".
This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
The simple solution is to use the Free Move Tool to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.


 Free Move: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects 

All decoupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects are performed using just a Left Click and Drag.
Steps To Decouple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a  Shift  Left click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist
Left Click and Drag the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Release the object on an unoccupied section of track


To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key and Left click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist


A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.

Select one (Left click) or more ( Shift  Left click) rolling stock objects inside a consist
>
Left Click and Drag the object or objects out of the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not. Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The rotating yellow X floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again
 
Drag the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button


 Free Move: Couple Rolling Stock Objects 

All coupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects can be performed using just a Left Click and Drag or through the objects Context Menu.

Using Click and Drag

Steps: To Couple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be selected then use a  Shift  Left click to individually select each object
Left Click and Drag the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it
When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height


Consider the following simple situation:-

The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.
Steps:
Left Click and Drag the rolling stock object towards the consist.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.
When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.


Using the Context Menu

Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.

Steps:
Select, Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key when Left clicking), on both objects
The order of selection IS important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last

The Context Icon will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.

Open the Rolling Stock Object Context Menu by either:-

clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, OR
pressing the  T  key

Select the option  Merge into Single Train 



Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist


Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van


Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.
The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the Context Icon. The Context Menu is opened and the option  Merge into Single Train  is selected with the result as shown below.
The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple Left Click and Drag operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.


 Free Move: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu 

A selected rolling stock object, or a group of selected rolling stock objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected rolling stock objects Context menu either:-
Left click its Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


Notes:

Unlike other Context Menus, the  Cut  and  Copy  menu options are not selectable for Rolling Stock Objects because these objects cannot be added to a Scrapbook. The  Save to Consist Asset...  option performs some of the Scrapbook functions for rolling stock.
 Paste  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height
 Reattach to Track  this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed
 Rotate Vehicle  rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order
 Change Consist Heading  reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist
 Rotate Consist Heading  the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face
 Merge into Single Train  when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See  Coupling Rolling Stock Objects for more details
 Save to Consist Asset...  saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the Assets Palette
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected rolling stock object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected rolling stock object
    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Fine Adjustment Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  D  The  Fine Adjustment Tool  makes 3D adjustments (position and rotations) to objects in a Trainz World
This tool uses the Tool Options Palette. If this palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Fine Adjustment Tool has no drop down menu lists.

Fine Adjustment Tools
Fine Adjustment Alternatives
In addition to the Fine Adjustment Tool the position and height of objects can be changed by:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 using the  Free Move Tool
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 editing its  x   y   z   r   p   y  values in  The Info Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 selecting the  Apply Height  option in its Context Menu


The most obvious feature of the Fine Adjustment Tool is the 3D Anchor Frame it adds to a selected object. The frame is made of 3 straight and 3 curved coloured lines, called Anchors, which control position and orientation.
The Anchor controls are:-
 The Horizontal and Vertical Anchors 
 Red   Green   Blue  move the object (forward/back or up/down) in the direction of the Anchor line
 The Rotational Anchors 
 Red   Green   Blue  rotate the object (clockwise and anti-clockwise) along the Anchor Arc Line centred around the Anchor Straight Line of the same colour
Not all objects will have  Red  and/or  Green  rotational Anchors.
 The Object Anchor 
     (black central dot) moves the object in any horizontal direction
Steps: To use the Fine Adjustment Tool controls:-
move the tool pointer onto an Anchor - its colour will change to yellow for Anchor lines or green for the Object Anchor
Left Click and Drag the Object Anchor in any direction or move the pointer along the chosen Anchor Line in the required direction (e.g. up on the blue vertical Anchor or clockwise around the arc of the red rotational Anchor)


To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving anchor points, either:-
zoom in closer to the anchor point, OR
use the  x   y   z  fine adjustment arrows in the Info Palette object Pos controls. These arrows can be used to set the height and position to cm accuracy (see
 The Info Palette below).


Fine Adjustment: Scenery Mesh Objects

Individual "non-spline" scenery objects that are not attached to track are often referred to in Trainz terminology as Scenery Mesh Objects.

 Fine Adjustment: Move a Mesh Object 

Steps: To move an object with the Fine Adjustment Tool:-
Left Click and Drag anywhere on the selected object (except on an Anchor line) to move it freely in any horizontal direction
OR
Left Click and Drag on an Anchor line to move or rotate it in the direction of the line or arc
These operations can also be performed on a group of selected objects. The 3D Anchor Frame will be on the last object added to the group.


 Blue  vertical Anchor movement
   Green  Anchor rotation
   Red  Anchor rotation
   Blue  Anchor rotation


Notes:

Objects can be restored to their original height and rotation settings by opening their Context Menu and selecting either:-

 Reset Object Rotation  to cancel the rotation changes, OR
 Settle on Ground  to cancel the height change

The  Randomise Object Rotation  option in the Context Menu only affects rotations around the vertical axis.


 Fine Adjustment: Mesh Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery mesh object, or a group of selected scenery mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. Left click on the icon or press the  T  key. The icon design will vary between object types.


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If no object has been selected in the Assets Palette or it is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline instead of a mesh object) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  option
 Reset Object Rotation  resets the rotation angle of the objects to their default values
 Randomise Object Rotation  applies a random  Blue  Rotation Anchor angle to each object around its vertical axis
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Fine Adjustment: Track Objects

Track Objects (signals, switches, speed signs, markers, etc) are always attached to an existing track. They can be moved to new positions along the track and in Surveyor Classic that was the limit of their movement. Surveyor 2.0 brings a new freedom of movement to track objects. They can be moved away from the track to the left or right as well as above and below the track. The operation of a track object is not affected by these changes.

 Fine Adjustment: Move a Track Object 

Track objects can be moved to new positions along the track and to positions closer to the track or further away from the track.
Steps: To move a track object horizontally:-
For movements along the track - Left Click and Drag:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 anywhere within the object (except on an Anchor Line or Anchor Point), OR
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 on the  Green  horizontal Anchor line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line and track only)
For movements left or right of the track - Left Click and Drag
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 on the  Red  horizontal Anchor line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), OR
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 on the Object Anchor (the black dot) to get unrestricted horizontal movement
For most track objects the Rotational Anchors have no effect
Situations where it is useful to be able to move a track object away from the track include:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 placing Track Marks and Triggers above (see next section) or beside the track so that they are not hidden by consists parked on top of them
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 repositioning switches, signals, track signs closer to or further away from the track - particularly useful if the track object was originally created for a different gauge track


Track objects that have been moved away from or closer to the track will still function normally.

 Fine Adjustment: Set the Height of a Track Object 

Track objects can be raised above and lowered below the track level.

Throw Lever track object level with track
Steps: To move a selected track object vertically:-
Left Click and Drag on the  Blue  vertical Anchor line (movement is restricted to the Anchor line only), OR
in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting, enter a value OR
from the objects Context Menu select the  Apply Height  option to apply an existing height value, OR
in the Info Palette enter a value in the objects  z  (height) setting or Left Click and Drag Up/Down on the double arrowheads to its right. This can be used to set the height to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).
For most track objects the Rotational Anchors have no effect

After being moved vertically


Track objects that have been "height adjusted" will still function normally and can still be moved along the track without reversing the height change .

 Fine Adjustment: Track Object Context Menu 

A selected track mesh object, or a group of selected track mesh objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected track objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Cut  remove the selected object or objects and move them into the Scrapbook
 Copy  copy the selected object or objects and place them into the Scrapbook
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the selected objects. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Object with Selected Asset  the highlighted object will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the object to match the set height of the object. If multiple objects at different heights have been selected then the terrain height will be set to match, as far as possible, the height of each object
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the objects to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth")
 Apply Height  sets the height of the objects to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Reattach to Track  if the object has been moved away from the track then it will be reset to its correct position on the track
 Rotate Trackside  reverses the position of the object on the track (e.g. to the other side)
 Change Junction Direction  if the object is a track switch then its switch direction will be reversed
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected object


Track objects can be restored to their original height and position (on the track) by opening their Context Menu and selecting:-
 Reattach to Track  to cancel the both the height and position changes, OR
 Settle on Ground  to cancel the height change only


Track objects can also be rotated to the opposite side of the track.

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127
Steps: To rotate a track object:-
Open the track objects Context Menu (click the icon or press the  T  key)
Select the option  Rotate Trackside 
Rotating a track object does not change its distance from the track or its height.


Fine Adjustment: Spline Objects (Including Track)

Scenery splines and track splines are defined by their endpoints. Splines are usually added to a route as a series of joined segments linked at the endpoints.
Moving a spline can involve moving:-
an endpoint, OR
a segment, OR
multiple segments including the whole length of the spline


 Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Endpoints 

The 3D Anchor Frame shown is for a spline endpoint.

Steps: To move an individual spline endpoint:-
Select the Fine Adjustment Tool.
Select, Left click on, the spline endpoint to be moved.
Note: only the horizontal  Red  and  Green  and the vertical  Blue  lines can be selected.
Left Click and Drag either:-
an Anchor to move the endpoint in that specific direction, OR
the endpoint itself to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane


 Fine Adjustment: Move Spline Segments 

The  Green  rotational Anchor CANNOT be used on Track splines


The 3D Anchor Frame shown is for a spline segment.
Steps: To move spline segments:-
Select the Fine Adjustment Tool.
Select, Left click on, the spline segment to be moved.
Left Click and Drag either:-
 
an Anchor to move the endpoint in that specific direction, OR
anywhere in a segment to move it in any direction in the horizontal plane


To select:-
more than one segment. Hold the  Shift  key down and individually Left click on each segment
ALL the segments. Double-Left click on a segment. If the spline contains a junction then this will only select all the segments upto the junction point


Selecting a spline segment with the Fine Adjustment Tool will add a Temporary Endpoint at the point where the segment was clicked.


This will produce 3 Fine Adjustment Tool control frames, one at each end of the segment and one at the click point, as shown in the image on the left. The whole segment can be moved, as shown in the following images, by a Left Click and Drag anywhere within the segment.

Segment moved to the right along the  Red  horizontal Anchor line

Segment moved up along the  Blue  vertical Anchor line

 Red   Green   Blue  straight anchor lines will move the whole segment along the direction of the line


Segment rotated anti-clockwise around the  Blue  rotational Anchor arc line

Segment rotated clockwise around the  Red  rotational Anchor arc line

 Red   Blue  curved anchor lines will rotate the whole segment around the axis of the same colour


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a  Blue  line height change and a  Red  Anchor rotation can be cancelled at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the  Settle on Ground  option from the segments Context Menu
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a  Blue  Anchor rotation can be straightened at any time (even after saving and reloading the route) by selecting the  Straighten Spline  option from the segments Context Menu but this will not return the endpoints to their original positions


 Fine Adjustment: Spline Object Context Menu 

A selected scenery spline object, or a group of selected scenery spline objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected objects Context menu either:-
Left click the Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key
Notes:
Splines have two different Context Icons that lead to two slightly different Context Menus.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for each endpoint
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 one context icon and menu for the segment
If multiple segments have been selected then the last segment added to the selection will have the context icons. If all the segments were selected by a Double-Left Click then the segment that was clicked will have the icons.


 Endpoint Context Menu 
 Segment Context Menu 


 Cut  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Copy  remove the segment or segments and move them into the Scrapbook (not available for Endpoints)
 Paste  paste the contents of the current Scrapbook at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  delete the segment, segments or endpoint. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Replace Spline with Selected Asset  the highlighted spline will be replaced with the asset currently selected in the Assets Palette. If the asset selected in the Assets Palette is the wrong type (e.g. a mesh object instead of a scenery spline) then this option will be greyed out
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the highlighted spline segments. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the segment or segments to match the set height of the spline (does not work on endpoints)
 Settle on Ground  sets the height of the selected endpoint to match the height of the terrain beneath them ("drops them back to earth"). When used on segments the spline will follow the height changes of the terrain
 Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the selected endpoint to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Height  sets the height of the selected segment or segments to the value in the Tool Options  Height  text box
 Apply Grade to this Spline Endpoint  sets the height of the endpoint to give a Grade to the surrounding segments that matches the value in the Tool Options  Grade  text box
 Straighten Spline  forces a straight line (as far as possible) between the endpoints of a single segment. This option will be ticked if the segment has already been straightened in which case selecting this option will "un-straighten" the segment and remove the tick
 Separate Splines  breaks the spline segment into two separate splines at the endpoint
 Merge Splines  removes the selected endpoint and merges the segments on both sides into one segment. The two segments can also be joined by selecting and deleting the endpoint with the  Delete  key
 Insert Spline Point Here  inserts a new endpoint in a segment at the point where it was clicked. This will create a new segment at the endpoint
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected spline


Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Objects

Rolling Stock Objects (locomotives, wagons, etc) can only be moved along the track that they are attached to. If they are moved off the track then they will immediately "snap back" to the nearest track when they are released.

 Fine Adjustment: Move Rolling Stock Objects 

Use the Fine Adjustment tool to move a selected rolling stock object along the track.

To move an entire consist of rolling stock objects, Double Left click on any one of the objects in the consist to select them all and then move them as one object


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Despite their presence in the Fine Adjustment Tool 3D Anchor Frame the  Red   Green   Blue  Rotational Anchor lines and the  Blue  Vertical Anchor Line will NOT work on Rolling Stock Objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Object Anchor (the central dot) will move the selected rolling stock object or objects in any horizontal direction but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Green  Horizontal Anchor Line will move the selected rolling stock object or objects along the track
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The  Red  Horizontal Anchor Line will move the selected rolling stock object or objects horizontally off the track but they will always be attached to the nearest track spline


Notes:

It is possible to place a rolling stock object so that it "overlaps" (occupies the same space as) another rolling stock object. A large yellow X rotating above the rolling stock object is a sign of this "conflict".

  Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 This can happen if a rolling stock object is moved off the track and released. It will instantly snap to the nearest track position even if that position is already occupied.


The simple solution is to use the Fine Adjustment Tool to move the incorrectly placed object to an unoccupied section of the track.


 Fine Adjustment: Decouple Rolling Stock Objects 

All decoupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects are performed using just a Left Click and Drag.
Steps To Decouple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be decoupled from the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be decoupled then use a  Shift  Left click to select each object. The objects do not have to be connect to each other in the consist
Left Click and Drag the object away from the consist. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Release the object on an unoccupied section of track


To decouple a string of joined rolling stock objects from a consist (for example, the first or last 5 wagons), Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key and Left click) on each of the objects to be selected and decoupled then drag them away from the consist


A rolling stock object or objects in the middle of a consist can also be decoupled. This will break the consist into 3 sections.

Select one (Left click) or more ( Shift  Left click) rolling stock objects inside a consist
>
Left Click and Drag the object or objects out of the consist
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Do not release the mouse button otherwise they will simply "snap back" onto the same track position or to the nearest track, regardless of whether it is already occupied or not. Think of the yellow connecting line between the wagon and the track shown in the image as if it is a "stretched rubber band"
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The rotating yellow X floating above the selected and now disconnected consist in the image indicates that it has been "derailed" from the track. This will disappear when it is "rerailled" again
 
Drag the objects to a suitable section of vacant track before releasing the mouse button


 Fine Adjustment: Couple Rolling Stock Objects 

All coupling operations between Rolling Stock Objects can be performed using just a Left Click and Drag or through the objects Context Menu.

Using Click and Drag

Steps: To Couple rolling stock objects:-
Select (Left click) the rolling stock object to be coupled to a consist or another rolling stock object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If more than one object has to be selected then use a  Shift  Left click to individually select each object
Left Click and Drag the object along the track to its target object. When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the selected object (or objects) is already part of a consist then dragging it will decouple it from the consist before moving it
When it reaches the target object and couples it cannot be moved any further. Release the object and it will return to its correct height


Consider the following simple situation:-

The guard van (caboose) standing at the rear of a consist has to be coupled to the rear gondola wagon.
Steps:
Left Click and Drag the rolling stock object towards the consist.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When dragged rolling stock objects will "drop" or lower their height a few cms
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 When it reaches the consist the object will stop and cannot be moved forward any further.
When the rolling stock object cannot be moved any further forward release the mouse button.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The object will "jump" up (raise its height) a few cms back to the correct level. It will be coupled to the consist.


Using the Context Menu

Using the same situation as above, the isolated guard van and the gondola wagon at the end of a consist are to be coupled together.

Steps:
Select, Shift Left Click (hold down the  Shift  key when Left clicking), on both objects
The order of selection IS important. Select the "destination" object, where the others will be coupled, last

The Context Icon will appear on the last rolling stock object selected.

Open the Rolling Stock Object Context Menu by either:-

clicking the icon on the last selected rolling stock object, OR
pressing the  T  key

Select the option  Merge into Single Train 



Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the gondola wagon at the end of the consist. The guard van couples to the gondola wagon and the consist


Using the Merge into a Single Train option with the Context Icon on the guard van. The gondola wagon decouples from the consist and couples to the guard van


Using a more complex example involving multiple objects from several different consists. The selected wagons shown below are to form a single consist based on the loco.
The loco was the last object to be selected so it has the Context Icon. The Context Menu is opened and the option  Merge into Single Train  is selected with the result as shown below.
The wagons and loco have been combined into a single consist but not necessarily in a useful order. It will be a simple Left Click and Drag operation to move the flat car from the front to the rear of the consist.


 Fine Adjustment: Rolling Stock Object Context Menu 

A selected rolling stock object, or a group of selected rolling stock objects, will have a Context Icon that opens a Context Menu. The icon design will vary between object types.

To open a selected rolling stock objects Context menu either:-
Left click its Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


Notes:

Unlike other Context Menus, the  Cut  and  Copy  menu options are not selectable for Rolling Stock Objects because these objects cannot be added to a Scrapbook. The  Save to Consist Asset...  option performs some of the Scrapbook functions for rolling stock.
 Paste  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted at the cursor (focus) point
 Delete  the selected rolling stock objects will be deleted. It has the same effect as pressing the  Delete  key
 Paint Under Selected  the texture selected in the Assets Palette will be painted under the selected rolling stock object. The Tool Options for the Brush Tool (Radius and Sensitivity) will control how the texture is applied. If no ground texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out
 Smooth Ground Under Selected  changes the height of the terrain under the rolling stock object to match its set height
 Reattach to Track  this option is only selecteable if a rolling stock object has derailed
 Rotate Vehicle  rotates (reverses) the facing direction of a selected rolling stock object. If more than one object has been selected then they will all have their directions reversed but they will remain in the same order
 Change Consist Heading  reverses the consist heading as indicated by the directions of the red and green arrows above the start and end of the consist
 Rotate Consist Heading  the entire consist is reversed, both in the order of the vehicles and the direction they face
 Merge into Single Train  when two or more separated rolling stock assets have been selected they will be coupled into a single consist. See  Coupling Rolling Stock Objects for more details
 Save to Consist Asset...  saves the selected rolling stock objects as a new consist asset in the Assets Palette
 Select in Assets Palette  highlights the selected rolling stock object in the Assets Palette
 Edit Properties  opens the Properties window of the selected rolling stock object


Fine Adjustment: Object Height Problem Solutions

Two Anchor Points on the  Blue  vertical Anchor line determine the height of an endpoint or an object above the ground.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the height of a Rolling Stock Object (locomotive, wagon, etc) cannot be altered
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Object Height Anchor, which is normally Black but turns Green when it is selected, controls the height of the object (including spline Endpoints) above the ground. This Anchor point can be moved vertically by the tool pointer
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Ground Height Anchor, which is Yellow, marks the position of the object on the ground. This Anchor point cannot be moved vertically by the tool pointer but its height can be changed by setting the Tool Options Palette  Height  value
It is common for both height anchors to be at the same height but there are many situation where the two will be at different heights. The examples below show situations where the two are at different heights and the height of the Object Height Anchor will need to be adjusted.


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  Object Height Above Ground Height 


Steps: To bring the object height down to the ground height:-
Left Click and Drag downwards on the  Blue  vertical Anchor line to bring the Object Height Anchor down to the same level as the Ground Height Anchor


To achieve finer and more accurate control when moving the height Anchor point, either:-
zoom in closer to the Anchor point, OR
use the  z  fine adjustment arrows in the Info Palette object Pos controls. This can be used to set the height and position to cm accuracy (see  The Info Palette below).


Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  Object Height Below Ground Height 


Steps: To bring the object height up to the ground height:-
Left Click and Drag upwards on the  Blue  vertical Anchor line to bring the Object Height Anchor up to the same level as the Ground Height Anchor


link Where this method fails is when the height difference between the two Anchor points exceeds the length of the  Blue  vertical Anchor line so the Ground Height Anchor or the Object Height Anchor is at the very top of the Anchor line. Once it is in that position the Object Height Anchor can no longer be moved up or down because there is no vertical Anchor line to grab.



The Quick Solution to this problem is to:-
open the object or endpont Context Menu
select the option  Settle on Ground . For splines this option will force the spline segment to follow the contours of the ground but it will now be at the same height as the ground


A more complex alternative method is to use the Surveyor Compass Rose, the Info Palette and the Tool Options Palette.


The Surveyor Compass Rose
Steps:
Right click on the terrain at a point which has the height that will be used by the object. This will position the Surveyor Compass Rose and record its data as the Focus
Open the Focus controls in the Info Palette by a Left click on the small Right Arrowhead to the left of the Focus label
The Info Palette stores the positional data, including the Height (the  z  value), of the Compass Rose under the label Focus
Left click on the white Down Arrowhead next to the  z  value and select the menu option  Use Height for Brush . This will transfer the Focus  z  value to the Tool Options Palette  Height  control
Open the Context Menu for the object (or spline endpoint)
Select the option  Apply Height  or  Apply Height to this Spline Endpoint 


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

The Marquee Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  F  The  Marquee Tool  selects and copies the objects, deletes baseboards, adds new baseboards and sets their properties in a Trainz World


Some features of this tool use the Scrapbook Palette, Assets Palette and Tool Options Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Marquee Tool has no drop down menu lists.

The Marquee Tool draws out a rectangular area, the Marquee Selection Area, on the route. Any objects (including Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers) that are inside the Marquee Selection Area or touched by its boundary will be selected.


You can use the Asset Palette filters to restrict the objects that will be selected in the Marquee Selection Area



In the image above:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a road spline at the bottom and a house at the lower left of the Marquee Selection Area have been overlain by the drawn rectangle so they have been included in the selection.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Marquee Selection Area was drawn from the top left to the bottom right which places the Marquee Context Icon at the bottom right of the rectangle.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the bottom right of the Marquee Selection Area also has a 3D Anchor Frame.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The road spline was the last object that was included in the selection area so its Context Icons are also present.


Not shown in the image, because they are not highlighted, are the Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers that are also included in the Marquee Selection Area.

The Marquee Selection Area 3D Anchor Frame has some similarities to the one used with the Fine Adjustment Tool.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the  Green  and  Red  horizontal Anchors will move the Marquee and all its contents in the Anchor direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the  Blue  rotational Anchor will rotate the Marquee with all its contents in the direction of the rotation movement
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 there are no  Green  and  Red  rotational Anchors
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 at the centre of the 3D Anchor Frame is a Select Area Anchor. Left Click and Drag this Anchor point to move the Marquee with all its contents in any horizontal direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 each of the  Green  and  Red  horizontal Anchors has a resize Anchor, an orange coloured dot, located at its end. Left Click and Drag these Anchor points to resize the Marquee Selection Area (and its contents) in that specific direction


Steps: To Create a Marquee Selection Area:-
select the Marquee Tool (or press the  F  key)
Left Click and Drag out the Marquee Selection Area around the objects to be selected


The Marquee Tool and the Assets Palette Filter

The Assets Palette filter tools can be used to restrict the objects selected by the Marquee Tool.
Steps: To restrict the objects selected by the Marquee Tool:-
set the Filter Type in the Assets Palette to  Filter Selection 
set the other filter options in the Assets Palette to narrow down the type of objects (e.g.  Scenery Splines  and/or enter a partial name in the Text Box)
select the Marquee Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  F  key)
Left Click and Drag out the Marquee Selection Area around the objects to be selected
Only those objects identified in the Assets Palette filters will be selected by the Marquee


Using the Filters shown above, the Marquee Selection Area only selects scenery spline objects.



Marquee Anchor Controls

The following images demonstrate the effect of using the Marquee Anchor Controls on the image shown at the top of this section as the starting point.

 Horizontal Anchor Shift 

  The  Green  horizontal Anchor has been used to shift the Marquee Selection Area to the left. Note that the 3 trees and a small building that were on the left of the Marquee Selection Area in the image above have been replaced (overwritten) by the Marquee contents. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.  
 
 


 Rotational Anchor Shift 

  The  Blue  rotational Anchor has been used to rotate the Marquee Selection Area about 45° anti-clockwise. Again, anything that was originally in the area now covered by the Marquee Selection Area has been replaced by the contents of the Marquee. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.  
 
 


 Vertical Anchor Shift 

  The  Blue  vertical Anchor has been used to lift the Marquee Selection Area upwards.  
 
 


Notes:

The Marquee Anchors will move:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the selected scenery objects. If the objects are in locked layers then they will be copied before being moved and the original objects will remain in place
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ground textures. As shown in two of the images this will leave the original baseboard ground texture showing
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the effect layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ground heights


Marquee Context Menu

To open the Marquee Context menu either:-
Left click the Marquee Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Marquee Context Menu 
 Cut  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook. Any scenery objects (excluding ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.
 Copy  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook.
 Paste to Selected Area  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted into the Marquee area. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the Filters in the Scrapbook Palette (see  Scrapbook Data for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.
 Delete  the selected scenery objects that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but NOT the selected ground heights, ground textures and effect layers.
 Paint Within Marquee  the currently selected Ground Texture will be painted into the Marquee area using the  Radius  and  Sensitivity  settings in the Brush Tool Options. If no texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting and filled with the selected texture from the Assets Palette
 Set Marquee to Brush Height  the Ground Height in the Marquee area will be set using the  Height  setting in the Brush Tool Options.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces and set their height to the value in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the Surveyor Display Menu (see Default Baseboard Ground Texture) or for the set Region in the Route Editor.
 Convert Baseboards To  the entire baseboard where the Marquee selection area is located will be converted to a  5 metre  or a  10 metre  grid size (select one from the sub menu). The 5 metre grid gives a more accurate ground shape but it uses 4x as much memory.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting and set their grid resolution to the selected value. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the Surveyor Display Menu (see Default Baseboard Ground Texture) or for the set Region in the Route Editor.
 Delete Baseboards in Marquee  when a Marquee Selection Area is drawn inside a baseboard, the entire baseboard will be given a green border. If the Marquee is drawn over the boundary between baseboards then both will have a green border. This option will delete ALL the baseboards that have a green border.
 Select in Assets Palette  when a single object has been highlighted, including ground textures and effect layers, this will identify the asset in the Assets Palette.


Scrapbook Operations

Notes:

Scrapbooks, when created, will contain:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers - if present
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Selected Objects - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc
 But NOT Rolling Stock (Trains) 
Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the Assets Palette
Notes:

Scrapbooks, when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Objects (Meshes) - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Splines - roads, track, fences, etc
You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.


Once an area has been marked out by the Marquee Tool a number of options become available.

The Surveyor Edit Menu will show some additional options specifically for the Marquee Tool:-
 Cut  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook. Any scenery objects (excluding ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.
 Copy  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook.
 Paste  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted into the route at the cursor (focus) point. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the Filters in the Scrapbook Palette (see  Scrapbook Data for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.
 Clear  the selected scenery objects that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but NOT the selected ground heights, ground textures and effect layers.
 Select None  the Marquee Selection Area boundary lines are removed from the route cancelling the selection process. Nothing that was inside the area will be removed.


 Adding a New Scrapbook 

The  Cut  and  Copy  Scrapbook operations are also found in the Marquee Context Menu (see the Marquee Context Menu section above).

You don't have to use the Marquee Tool to create a new Scrapbook. You can use the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool to select any number of objects and then press  Ctrl   C . The selected objects, along with the ground height, ground textures, and any effect layers, will be copied into a new Scrapbook


When a new Scrapbook is created by a  Cut  or  Copy , it will appear in the Scrapbook palette with some basic details.

The newly created scrapbook will be given:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a name consisting of the date and time of its creation
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a thumbnail
The thumbnail image will be taken using the current camera POV (point of view). To get a better image adjust the camera position and view to give the best possible shot of the Scrapbook objects before giving the  Cut  or  Copy  command
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a scrapbook number (it will be inserted as №1 scrapbook)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 an expiry date which will be set 5 days after its creation - this will countdown each day until 0 when the new scrapbook will be deleted


Notes:

Scrapbooks use very little memory so there is no real limit to how many you can store in the palette but finding the one you want will be more difficult as the list grows longer


Scrapbooks, old and new, can be deleted at any time by clicking the Delete icon. Deleting a Scrapbook does not delete the objects it contains


There are two changes that can be made to the new scrapbook:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Give it a name - Left click inside the Name Text Box and type a new name. To set its new name Left click on the image (pressing  Enter  does not work - a known bug)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Make it permanent - Left click the white Pin icon () to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time
Pinned scrapbooks are always shown with a blue pin icon and the words "pinned, no expiry" displayed next to their scrapbook №
The Pinning of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will then expire in 5 days time. Simply Left click the blue pin icon.


Once a scrapbook has been Pinned it becomes an asset and will appear in Content Manager


The scrapbook can be uploaded to the DLS and saved as a CDP file.

You can archive your scrapbooks as CDP files to keep the number of installed scrapbooks to a minimum. If an archived scrapbook is needed then you can use the Import Content Files option in Content Manager to add it to the Scrapbook Palette. It can be deleted from the palette later, when no longer needed.


Managing Baseboards

The Marquee is a powerful tool for adding, deleting and changing the properties of multiple baseboards


Marquee drawn area
Steps: To add new baseboards:-
select the Marquee Tool (or press the  F  key).
Left Click and Drag to draw out an area where the new baseboards will be added. This area can include the current baseboard.
The Marquee Selection Area, shown with a green border in the image on the left, covers the existing baseboard (black, bottom left) and where 3 new baseboards will be created. The Marquee has a Context Icon as shown in the image.
Left click on the Context Icon or press the  T  key to open up the Marquee Context Menu (see Marquee Context Menu above).
Create, Convert, Delete
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To Create new baseboards, and to Convert selected baseboards to a different Grid Resolution, select the Context Menu option  Convert Baseboards To >  then select a resolution from two sub-options,  5m Grid  and  10m Grid . If existing baseboards have been selected then they will also be converted to the new resolution.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To Delete baseboards select the Context Menu option  Delete Baseboards in Marquee . The  Ctrl   Z  keys can Undo the deletion.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To set the selected baseboards to the  Height  value in the Tool Options Palette select the Context Menu option  Set Marquee to Brush Height . If the Marquee extends over "empty space" then new baseboards will be created at the set  Height  value.


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

Mass Object Moves and Clones

 
Both the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool can move and clone (copy) single and multiple objects. The Marquee Tool can also move and clone objects but will include Ground Height, Ground Textures and Effect Layers in the cloning and moving operations.

Selecting and Moving Multiple Objects

Multiple objects can be selected and moved with the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool.

Notes: Mass Moves

The objects do not have to be:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the same type. They can be a mixture of scenery splines and mesh objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 in the same layers but objects in Locked layers cannot be moved
You can also use the Marquee Tool to move objects but this will move Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers as well as objects.


Steps: To select multiple objects:-
Select the Free Move Tool or Fine Adjustment Tool
Hold the  Shift  key down
Left click on every object that is to be included in the selection group. After selecting the last object, release the key


You can apply the  Height  setting in the Tool Options Palette to the entire group of selected objects.
Steps: To move multiple objects:-
Left Click and Drag on any highlighted object in the group
Release the mouse button when the group of objects are in position


The Fine Adjustment Tool  Blue  Rotation Anchor can be used to rotate all the members of the group with the last selected object (the one with the Context Icon) as the centre of rotation


 Selecting Multiple Identical Objects 

You can quickly select all nearby identical objects by a Double-Left Click on an object.

This also applies to all the wagons in a consist. Double-Left Click on any one of them to select all of them - they do not have to be identical wagons.


A forest of many different trees. Only one has been selected. Double-Left Click on a tree to select all the identical trees in the forest.


Hold down the  Shift  key and Double-Left Click on another object. It and all its identical copies will be added to the selection.


Cloning Objects

You can easily clone single and multiple selected objects. If you have selected a group of objects they do not have to be the same type - you can select scenery objects and scenery splines.


Known Issues:

Cloning does not work with Track Objects (signals, speed signs, switches, etc) but it does work with track spline and rolling stock objects. This has been reported as a bug.


Notes: Layers and Cloning

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the objects can be in different layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the layers can be locked and the objects will still be cloned
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all the cloned objects will be placed into the current Active Layer which must be Unlocked
For more information on layers see  The Info Palette at the end of this document.


Steps: To clone an object or a group of objects:-
use either the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool to select the object or objects
hold down the  Ctrl  key and Left Click and Drag on any of the selected objects


    Top Next Up   Bottom

The Info Palette

 
If the Info Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Hiding and Showing Palettes at the top of this document. Some Info Palette functions will also require the Assets Palette and the Tool Options Palette.


This palette can be easily overlooked but it has some very useful features:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 providing precise data and control over the "focus" - the position of the cursor
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 providing precise data and control over the position and orientation of objects (it can be used instead of the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 identifying and setting the "home" layer and binding layer of a selected object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 used for locking and unlocking a selected objects layer

The components of the Info Palette are identified in the image below.

Each of the small arrowhead icons will open the palette to display more information and some controls.


Notes:

All the positional data and controls in the Info Palette are defined in the following ways:-

 x  is ALWAYS the  North-South  compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing
 y  is ALWAYS the  East-West  compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing
 z  is ALWAYS the  Vertical  direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how an object has been rolled or tilted

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 distances are measured in metres from the North-West corner of the first baseboard. If that baseboard is later deleted then distances will still be measured from its original and now "virtual" North-West corner.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  +  positive distances are in the  South  and  East  directions
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  -  negative distances are in the  North  and  West  directions
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 New boards added to the North of the first baseboard will have negative x coordinates and new boards added to the West of the first baseboard will have negative y coordinates.


Focus Info and Controls

The Focus shows the current position and height of the Cursor object.

Open up the Focus by Left clicking on its arrowhead icon.

Before changing the cursor position with the Focus controls, set a Bookmark at its current position.



The current cursor position is shown in the x, y and z text boxes. These values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position but CARE will be needed.

On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to centimetres


Notes:

If you enter an x or y value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be refocused at a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.


If it has not been deleted you can identify the original (first) baseboard by entering 0 as the Focus  x:  and  y;  co-ordinates


Next to the z co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

There is only one item in the sub-menu.  Use Height for Brush 
Left click on the option to copy the current cursor height (z) value from the Info Palette to the Tool Options Palette  Height  entry.


Asset Name Menu

You must have an object (or objects) selected for a name to be shown and for this menu to be available.

If more than one object has been selected then the name and position data shown will be for the last selected object. If different objects (with different kuid codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The (+2) shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.


Next to the objects name is a small white Down Arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

The menu options are:-
 Copy   NOT WORKING  (a known bug) - copies the objects text details into the OS Clipboard for pasting, for example, into a text editor
 Show Asset Details  opens a new window showing the image and description of the selected object
 List Assets in New Window  opens up Content Manager and lists all the selected objects
 Add to Picklist  adds selected objects to a Picklist
 Remove from Picklist  removes selected objects from a Picklist (objects must already be in a Picklist)
 Select in Assets Palette  selects and highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette


Position Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the position data to be shown and edited. Open up the position data by Left clicking on its Pos: arrowhead icon.

The position of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the x, y and z text boxes. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but CARE will be needed.


On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to centimetres


Notes:

If you enter an x or y value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the objects will be moved to that position and may vanish from view. The Undo command can be used to reverse the move or the Marquee Tool can be used to add a baseboard under the "floating" objects.


Next to the z co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

There is only one item in the sub-menu.  Use Height for Brush 
Left click on the option to copy the height (z) value for the selected object from the Info Palette to the Tool Options Palette  Height  entry.


Rotation Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the rotation data to be shown and edited. Open up the rotation data by Left clicking on its Rot: arrowhead icon.

The rotational orientation of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the r, p and y text boxes (the letters stand for Roll, Pitch and Yaw). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space BUT not all objects can be rotated in certain directions.
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the Context Icon, will be the centre of all rotations.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, SpeedTree objects can only be rotated using the  y  value ( r  and  p  entries will be ignored) while Spline objects cannot be rotated at all


On the right of each box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the rotation angle in increments of 1°.


Notes:

The rotation data and controls are defined in the following ways:-

 r  ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane around the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its  y  value)
 p  ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane at an angle of 90° to the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its  y  value)
 y  ALWAYS rotates in the horizontal plane around the  Vertical  direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how the object has been rolled or pitched
y=  0° East 90° North 180° West 270° South
Original
Roll:  r = 45 
Pitch:  p = 45 
Yaw:  y = 45 

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all angles are measured in degrees
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  +  positive angles are anticlockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  -  negative angles are clockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 angles greater than 360° can be entered but will give the same result as the angle minus 360°. For example: 450° is exactly the same angle as 90° (450°-360°=90°)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 clockwise and anti-clockwise angles are complementary. For example: entering -270° (clockwise) will give the same angle as entering +90° (anticlockwise)


Layer Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. Open up the layer data by Left clicking on its Layer: arrowhead icon.

Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Info Palette is best used to show and edit the layer and binding layer assignments of individual selected objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 operations such as creating, deleting, merging, renaming, moving and hiding layers are performed using the Layers Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 layers can be Locked and Unlocked using the Info Palette or the Layers Palette but the Layers Palette is often the better choice for these tasks


This will show the:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 current layer assigned to the selected object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its assigned Binding Layer (if any)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Locked/Unlocked state of the assigned layer
  Layer is currently Unlocked. Click this button to Lock the layer
  Layer is currently Locked. Click this button to Unlock the layer
  Using this button will also change the Locked/Unlocked padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the Layers Palette
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Objects in a Locked Layer cannot be deleted or moved
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Locked Layers can be deleted, moved and merged with other layers


If multiple objects from different layers have been selected then no layer name will be shown in the Layer and Binding boxes. Instead they will be left "blank" as shown in the image on the left.

Both boxes can still be opened to assign layers to objects.

WARNING:
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Setting a layer for multiple objects that are in different layers will move ALL those objects to that layer
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If objects are moved from one layer group to another (such as from the Route Layers to the Session Layers) then it will change where those objects are saved (in the Route or in the Session)


Assigning Objects to a Different Layer

A selected object or group of selected objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they do not have to all be in the same layer.

Steps: To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-
Left click on the Layer drop down box. The layer containing the object (for a single selected object only) will be shown with a in front of its name
Select the destination layer name from the drop down list. See Warning above
The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected
If you see a Debugging Window on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window


Once a target layer has been selected then the  Select Layer  button, which sets the Active Layer, may become active.

The Active Layer is the layer used by the Placement Tool when objects are added to a route (or session). This button gives you the opportunity to set the Active Layer to the same layer that you just used to assign to an object. Its use is optional.


You can also set the Active Layer by selecting its name from the list in the Layers Palette.


If the  Select Layer  button is greyed out
then the selected object is now assigned to the current Active Layer so there is no need to use this option
If it is NOT greyed out
then the selected object is now assigned to a layer that is not the current Active Layer. You have the option to Left click on this button to switch the Active Layer to the same layer as the object


Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer

The Binding Layer, or Bound Layer as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of a route or session. It allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties (Locked/Unlocked, Hidden/Visible) of both layers.
Assigned
Layer
Binding
Layer
Object
Status
Unlocked or None Unlocked
LOCKED or or None LOCKED
Unlocked LOCKED LOCKED
Visible or None Visible
HIDDEN or or None HIDDEN
Visible HIDDEN HIDDEN
In Summary:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Locked then the object will be Locked
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Hidden then the object will be Hidden
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Objects in a Hidden Layer cannot be seen and therefore, cannot be selected, deleted or moved
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Layers Palette is the ONLY way to create, delete, name and hide layers


Some examples of using the Binding Layer:-
 Example 1: 
The problem: You need to stop an object from being selected so that you can you move other objects on or around it
The solution: Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and lock it. Set the Binding Layer of the object to the new locked layer. The object will then be locked so it cannot be selected or moved even though its original layer is unlocked. When the edit has been completed delete the empty locked layer you just created to unlock all its bound objects and remove all their bindings
 Example 2: 
The problem: A group of objects (e.g trees) are blocking access to another object.
The solution: Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and hide it. Set the Binding Layer of the blocking objects to the new hidden layer. The blocking objects will no longer be visible and cannot be selected even though their original layer is still visible. When the edit has been completed delete the empty hidden layer you just created to make all its bound objects visible and remove all their bindings


Steps: To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-
Left click on the Binding drop down box. If the object is already bound to a layer (for a single selected object only) the binding layer will be shown with a in front of its name
Select the Binding layer name from the drop down list. Note: the objects assigned layer will not appear in the list because an object cannot be bound to its own layer
The layer reassignment will start the instant the layer is selected
If you see a Debugging Window on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window


As an example, the image below shows what you will see for a single object that has had:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its assigned layer changed (in the example from "route-layer" to "Station Buildings")
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its binding layer set (in the example to "Multi Industries")
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the newly assigned layer is not locked so you have the option to lock it
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the newly assigned layer is not the Active Layer so you have the option to make it the Active Layer


More information on creating, editing and using Layers can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


    Top Next Up    


Trainz Wiki

More Tutorials and Guides to Using Trainz


This page was created by Trainz user pware in January 2023 and was last updated as shown below.


The Marquee Tool

 
Keyboard Shortcut:  F  The  Marquee Tool  selects and copies the objects, deletes baseboards, adds new baseboards and sets their properties in a Trainz World


Some features of this tool use the Scrapbook Palette, Assets Palette and Tool Options Palette. If these palettes are not visible on the screen then refer to  Notes: Palettes at the top of this document.


The Marquee Tool has no drop down menu lists.

The Marquee Tool draws out a rectangular area, the Marquee Selection Area, on the route. Any objects (including Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers) that are inside the Marquee Selection Area or touched by its boundary will be selected.


You can use the Asset Palette filters to restrict the objects that will be selected in the Marquee Selection Area



In the image above:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a road spline at the bottom and a house at the lower left of the Marquee Selection Area have been overlain by the drawn rectangle so they have been included in the selection.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Marquee Selection Area was drawn from the top left to the bottom right which places the Marquee Context Icon at the bottom right of the rectangle.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the bottom right of the Marquee Selection Area also has a 3D Anchor Frame.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The road spline was the last object that was included in the selection area so its Context Icons are also present.


Not shown in the image, because they are not highlighted, are the Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers that are also included in the Marquee Selection Area.

The Marquee Selection Area 3D Anchor Frame has some similarities to the one used with the Fine Adjustment Tool.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the  Green  and  Red  horizontal Anchors will move the Marquee and all its contents in the Anchor direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the  Blue  rotational Anchor will rotate the Marquee with all its contents in the direction of the rotation movement
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 there are no  Green  and  Red  rotational Anchors
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 at the centre of the 3D Anchor Frame is a Select Area Anchor. Left Click and Drag this Anchor point to move the Marquee with all its contents in any horizontal direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 each of the  Green  and  Red  horizontal Anchors has a resize Anchor, an orange coloured dot, located at its end. Left Click and Drag these Anchor points to resize the Marquee Selection Area (and its contents) in that specific direction


Steps: To Create a Marquee Selection Area:-
select the Marquee Tool (or press the  F  key)
Left Click and Drag out the Marquee Selection Area around the objects to be selected


The Marquee Tool and the Assets Palette Filter

The Assets Palette filter tools can be used to restrict the objects selected by the Marquee Tool.
Steps: To restrict the objects selected by the Marquee Tool:-
set the Filter Type in the Assets Palette to  Filter Selection 
set the other filter options in the Assets Palette to narrow down the type of objects (e.g.  Scenery Splines  and/or enter a partial name in the Text Box)
select the Marquee Tool from the Tools Palette (or press the  F  key)
Left Click and Drag out the Marquee Selection Area around the objects to be selected
Only those objects identified in the Assets Palette filters will be selected by the Marquee


Using the Filters shown above, the Marquee Selection Area only selects scenery spline objects.



Marquee Anchor Controls

The following images demonstrate the effect of using the Marquee Anchor Controls on the image shown at the top of this section as the starting point.

 Horizontal Anchor Shift 

  The  Green  horizontal Anchor has been used to shift the Marquee Selection Area to the left. Note that the 3 trees and a small building that were on the left of the Marquee Selection Area in the image above have been replaced (overwritten) by the Marquee contents. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.  
 
 


 Rotational Anchor Shift 

  The  Blue  rotational Anchor has been used to rotate the Marquee Selection Area about 45° anti-clockwise. Again, anything that was originally in the area now covered by the Marquee Selection Area has been replaced by the contents of the Marquee. Also note that the texture has been moved leaving a gap showing the original grid texture.  
 
 


 Vertical Anchor Shift 

  The  Blue  vertical Anchor has been used to lift the Marquee Selection Area upwards.  
 
 


Notes:

The Marquee Anchors will move:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the selected scenery objects. If the objects are in locked layers then they will be copied before being moved and the original objects will remain in place
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ground textures. As shown in two of the images this will leave the original baseboard ground texture showing
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the effect layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the ground heights


Marquee Context Menu

To open the Marquee Context menu either:-
Left click the Marquee Context Icon OR
Press the  T  key


 Marquee Context Menu 
 Cut  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook. Any scenery objects (excluding ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.
 Copy  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook.
 Paste to Selected Area  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted into the Marquee area. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the Filters in the Scrapbook Palette (see  Scrapbook Data for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.
 Delete  the selected scenery objects that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but NOT the selected ground heights, ground textures and effect layers.
 Paint Within Marquee  the currently selected Ground Texture will be painted into the Marquee area using the  Radius  and  Sensitivity  settings in the Brush Tool Options. If no texture has been selected in the Assets Palette then this option will be greyed out.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting and filled with the selected texture from the Assets Palette
 Set Marquee to Brush Height  the Ground Height in the Marquee area will be set using the  Height  setting in the Brush Tool Options.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces and set their height to the value in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the Surveyor Display Menu (see Default Baseboard Ground Texture) or for the set Region in the Route Editor.
 Convert Baseboards To  the entire baseboard where the Marquee selection area is located will be converted to a  5 metre  or a  10 metre  grid size (select one from the sub menu). The 5 metre grid gives a more accurate ground shape but it uses 4x as much memory.
If the Marquee Selection Area goes beyond the current baseboards into "empty space" then this command will create new baseboards in those empty spaces at the height in the Tool Options Palette  Height  setting and set their grid resolution to the selected value. The new baseboards will be filled with the texture specified in the Surveyor Display Menu (see Default Baseboard Ground Texture) or for the set Region in the Route Editor.
 Delete Baseboards in Marquee  when a Marquee Selection Area is drawn inside a baseboard, the entire baseboard will be given a green border. If the Marquee is drawn over the boundary between baseboards then both will have a green border. This option will delete ALL the baseboards that have a green border.
 Select in Assets Palette  when a single object has been highlighted, including ground textures and effect layers, this will identify the asset in the Assets Palette.


Scrapbook Operations

Notes:

Scrapbooks, when created, will contain:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers - if present
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Selected Objects - scenery items, splines, track, signals, etc
 But NOT Rolling Stock (Trains) 
Ground heights, textures and effect layers are always included in a scrapbook but you can control which visible objects are added by manually selecting them or using the filter controls in the Assets Palette
Notes:

Scrapbooks, when painted or pasted, can contain any combinations of:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Heights
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Ground Textures
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Effect Layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Objects (Meshes) - individual buildings, trees, signals, etc
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Scenery Splines - roads, track, fences, etc
You have options that will control which of these data categories are transferred and how they are transferred from the scrapbook into a route.


Once an area has been marked out by the Marquee Tool a number of options become available.

The Surveyor Edit Menu will show some additional options specifically for the Marquee Tool:-
 Cut  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including the ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook. Any scenery objects (excluding ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) that are not in a locked layer will be removed from the Marquee area.
 Copy  the objects selected in the Marquee area (including ground heights, ground textures and effect layers) will be copied and placed into a new Scrapbook.
 Paste  the contents of the current Scrapbook will be pasted into the route at the cursor (focus) point. Which contents will be pasted and how they will be pasted are controlled by the Filters in the Scrapbook Palette (see  Scrapbook Data for more details). This option will always be available with and without a Marquee area being marked if there is a scrapbook available to be pasted.
 Clear  the selected scenery objects that are not in locked layers will be removed from the Marquee area but NOT the selected ground heights, ground textures and effect layers.
 Select None  the Marquee Selection Area boundary lines are removed from the route cancelling the selection process. Nothing that was inside the area will be removed.


 Adding a New Scrapbook 

The  Cut  and  Copy  Scrapbook operations are also found in the Marquee Context Menu (see the Marquee Context Menu section above).

You don't have to use the Marquee Tool to create a new Scrapbook. You can use the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool to select any number of objects and then press  Ctrl   C . The selected objects, along with the ground height, ground textures, and any effect layers, will be copied into a new Scrapbook


When a new Scrapbook is created by a  Cut  or  Copy , it will appear in the Scrapbook palette with some basic details.

The newly created scrapbook will be given:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a name consisting of the date and time of its creation
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a thumbnail
The thumbnail image will be taken using the current camera POV (point of view). To get a better image adjust the camera position and view to give the best possible shot of the Scrapbook objects before giving the  Cut  or  Copy  command
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 a scrapbook number (it will be inserted as №1 scrapbook)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 an expiry date which will be set 5 days after its creation - this will countdown each day until 0 when the new scrapbook will be deleted


Notes:

Scrapbooks use very little memory so there is no real limit to how many you can store in the palette but finding the one you want will be more difficult as the list grows longer


Scrapbooks, old and new, can be deleted at any time by clicking the Delete icon. Deleting a Scrapbook does not delete the objects it contains


There are two changes that can be made to the new scrapbook:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Give it a name - Left click inside the Name Text Box and type a new name. To set its new name Left click on the image (pressing  Enter  does not work - a known bug)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Make it permanent - Left click the white Pin icon () to change it to blue. The scrapbook will no longer expire but it can still be deleted at any time
Pinned scrapbooks are always shown with a blue pin icon and the words "pinned, no expiry" displayed next to their scrapbook №
The Pinning of any scrapbook can be reversed so that it will then expire in 5 days time. Simply Left click the blue pin icon.


Once a scrapbook has been Pinned it becomes an asset and will appear in Content Manager


The scrapbook can be uploaded to the DLS and saved as a CDP file.

You can archive your scrapbooks as CDP files to keep the number of installed scrapbooks to a minimum. If an archived scrapbook is needed then you can use the Import Content Files option in Content Manager to add it to the Scrapbook Palette. It can be deleted from the palette later, when no longer needed.


Managing Baseboards

The Marquee is a powerful tool for adding, deleting and changing the properties of multiple baseboards


Marquee drawn area
Steps: To add new baseboards:-
select the Marquee Tool (or press the  F  key).
Left Click and Drag to draw out an area where the new baseboards will be added. This area can include the current baseboard.
The Marquee Selection Area, shown with a green border in the image on the left, covers the existing baseboard (black, bottom left) and where 3 new baseboards will be created. The Marquee has a Context Icon as shown in the image.
Left click on the Context Icon or press the  T  key to open up the Marquee Context Menu (see Marquee Context Menu above).
Create, Convert, Delete
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To Create new baseboards, and to Convert selected baseboards to a different Grid Resolution, select the Context Menu option  Convert Baseboards To >  then select a resolution from two sub-options,  5m Grid  and  10m Grid . If existing baseboards have been selected then they will also be converted to the new resolution.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To Delete baseboards select the Context Menu option  Delete Baseboards in Marquee . The  Ctrl   Z  keys can Undo the deletion.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 To set the selected baseboards to the  Height  value in the Tool Options Palette select the Context Menu option  Set Marquee to Brush Height . If the Marquee extends over "empty space" then new baseboards will be created at the set  Height  value.


    Top Next Up Next Down Bottom

Mass Object Moves and Clones

 
Both the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool can move and clone (copy) single and multiple objects. The Marquee Tool can also move and clone objects but will include Ground Height, Ground Textures and Effect Layers in the cloning and moving operations.

Selecting and Moving Multiple Objects

Multiple objects can be selected and moved with the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool.

Notes: Mass Moves

The objects do not have to be:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the same type. They can be a mixture of scenery splines and mesh objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 in the same layers but objects in Locked layers cannot be moved
You can also use the Marquee Tool to move objects but this will move Ground Heights, Ground Textures and Effect Layers as well as objects.


Steps: To select multiple objects:-
Select the Free Move Tool or Fine Adjustment Tool
Hold the  Shift  key down
Left click on every object that is to be included in the selection group. After selecting the last object, release the key


You can apply the  Height  setting in the Tool Options Palette to the entire group of selected objects.
Steps: To move multiple objects:-
Left Click and Drag on any highlighted object in the group
Release the mouse button when the group of objects are in position


The Fine Adjustment Tool  Blue  Rotation Anchor can be used to rotate all the members of the group with the last selected object (the one with the Context Icon) as the centre of rotation


 Selecting Multiple Identical Objects 

You can quickly select all nearby identical objects by a Double-Left Click on an object.

This also applies to all the wagons in a consist. Double-Left Click on any one of them to select all of them - they do not have to be identical wagons.


A forest of many different trees. Only one has been selected. Double-Left Click on a tree to select all the identical trees in the forest.


Hold down the  Shift  key and Double-Left Click on another object. It and all its identical copies will be added to the selection.


Cloning Objects

You can easily clone single and multiple selected objects. If you have selected a group of objects they do not have to be the same type - you can select scenery objects and scenery splines.


Known Issues:

Cloning does not work with Track Objects (signals, speed signs, switches, etc) but it does work with track spline and rolling stock objects. This has been reported as a bug.


Notes: Layers and Cloning

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the objects can be in different layers
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the layers can be locked and the objects will still be cloned
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all the cloned objects will be placed into the current Active Layer which must be Unlocked
For more information on layers see  The Info Palette at the end of this document.


Steps: To clone an object or a group of objects:-
use either the Free Move Tool or the Fine Adjustment Tool to select the object or objects
hold down the  Ctrl  key and Left Click and Drag on any of the selected objects


    Top Next Up   Bottom

The Info Palette

 
If the Info Palette is not visible on the screen then refer to  Hiding and Showing Palettes at the top of this document. Some Info Palette functions will also require the Assets Palette and the Tool Options Palette.


This palette can be easily overlooked but it has some very useful features:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 providing precise data and control over the "focus" - the position of the cursor
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 providing precise data and control over the position and orientation of objects (it can be used instead of the Free Move Tool and the Fine Adjustment Tool)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 identifying and setting the "home" layer and binding layer of a selected object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 used for locking and unlocking a selected objects layer

The components of the Info Palette are identified in the image below.

Each of the small arrowhead icons will open the palette to display more information and some controls.


Notes:

All the positional data and controls in the Info Palette are defined in the following ways:-

 x  is ALWAYS the  North-South  compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing
 y  is ALWAYS the  East-West  compass direction regardless of the direction that an object is facing
 z  is ALWAYS the  Vertical  direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how an object has been rolled or tilted

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 distances are measured in metres from the North-West corner of the first baseboard. If that baseboard is later deleted then distances will still be measured from its original and now "virtual" North-West corner.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  +  positive distances are in the  South  and  East  directions
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  -  negative distances are in the  North  and  West  directions
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 New boards added to the North of the first baseboard will have negative x coordinates and new boards added to the West of the first baseboard will have negative y coordinates.


Focus Info and Controls

The Focus shows the current position and height of the Cursor object.

Open up the Focus by Left clicking on its arrowhead icon.

Before changing the cursor position with the Focus controls, set a Bookmark at its current position.



The current cursor position is shown in the x, y and z text boxes. These values can be edited to move the cursor to a new position but CARE will be needed.

On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to centimetres


Notes:

If you enter an x or y value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the cursor will be refocused at a point on the baseboard edge that is the closest to the entered co-ordinates.


If it has not been deleted you can identify the original (first) baseboard by entering 0 as the Focus  x:  and  y;  co-ordinates


Next to the z co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

There is only one item in the sub-menu.  Use Height for Brush 
Left click on the option to copy the current cursor height (z) value from the Info Palette to the Tool Options Palette  Height  entry.


Asset Name Menu

You must have an object (or objects) selected for a name to be shown and for this menu to be available.

If more than one object has been selected then the name and position data shown will be for the last selected object. If different objects (with different kuid codes) have been selected then a count of the additional objects will be added. The (+2) shown in the object name in the image on the left indicates that 2 additional different objects are in the group of selected objects.


Next to the objects name is a small white Down Arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

The menu options are:-
 Copy   NOT WORKING  (a known bug) - copies the objects text details into the OS Clipboard for pasting, for example, into a text editor
 Show Asset Details  opens a new window showing the image and description of the selected object
 List Assets in New Window  opens up Content Manager and lists all the selected objects
 Add to Picklist  adds selected objects to a Picklist
 Remove from Picklist  removes selected objects from a Picklist (objects must already be in a Picklist)
 Select in Assets Palette  selects and highlights the selected object in the Assets Palette


Position Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the position data to be shown and edited. Open up the position data by Left clicking on its Pos: arrowhead icon.

The position of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the x, y and z text boxes. These values can be edited to move the object or objects to a new position but CARE will be needed.


On the right of each data entry box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the position in smaller increments down to centimetres


Notes:

If you enter an x or y value that is "out in empty space" (beyond the edge of a boundary baseboard) then the objects will be moved to that position and may vanish from view. The Undo command can be used to reverse the move or the Marquee Tool can be used to add a baseboard under the "floating" objects.


Next to the z co-ordinate is a small white down arrowhead. Left click on the arrowhead to open its menu.

There is only one item in the sub-menu.  Use Height for Brush 
Left click on the option to copy the height (z) value for the selected object from the Info Palette to the Tool Options Palette  Height  entry.


Rotation Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the rotation data to be shown and edited. Open up the rotation data by Left clicking on its Rot: arrowhead icon.

The rotational orientation of the selected object (or the last object if more than one is selected) is shown in the r, p and y text boxes (the letters stand for Roll, Pitch and Yaw). These values can be edited to rotate the object or objects in 3D space BUT not all objects can be rotated in certain directions.
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If several objects have been selected then the last selected object, the one with the Context Icon, will be the centre of all rotations.
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Not all objects will allow rotations. For example, SpeedTree objects can only be rotated using the  y  value ( r  and  p  entries will be ignored) while Spline objects cannot be rotated at all


On the right of each box is a pair of Up/Down arrow controls. Left Click and Drag up or down on these to adjust the rotation angle in increments of 1°.


Notes:

The rotation data and controls are defined in the following ways:-

 r  ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane around the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its  y  value)
 p  ALWAYS rotates in the vertical plane at an angle of 90° to the selected objects main axis of orientation (the direction given by its  y  value)
 y  ALWAYS rotates in the horizontal plane around the  Vertical  direction (perpendicular to the compass directions) regardless of how the object has been rolled or pitched
y=  0° East 90° North 180° West 270° South
Original
Roll:  r = 45 
Pitch:  p = 45 
Yaw:  y = 45 

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 all angles are measured in degrees
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  +  positive angles are anticlockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127  -  negative angles are clockwise when viewed facing the rotation axis direction
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 angles greater than 360° can be entered but will give the same result as the angle minus 360°. For example: 450° is exactly the same angle as 90° (450°-360°=90°)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 clockwise and anti-clockwise angles are complementary. For example: entering -270° (clockwise) will give the same angle as entering +90° (anticlockwise)


Layer Info and Controls

You must have an object (or objects) selected for the layer data to be shown and edited. Open up the layer data by Left clicking on its Layer: arrowhead icon.

Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Info Palette is best used to show and edit the layer and binding layer assignments of individual selected objects
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 operations such as creating, deleting, merging, renaming, moving and hiding layers are performed using the Layers Palette
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 layers can be Locked and Unlocked using the Info Palette or the Layers Palette but the Layers Palette is often the better choice for these tasks


This will show the:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 current layer assigned to the selected object
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its assigned Binding Layer (if any)
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the Locked/Unlocked state of the assigned layer
  Layer is currently Unlocked. Click this button to Lock the layer
  Layer is currently Locked. Click this button to Unlock the layer
  Using this button will also change the Locked/Unlocked padlock icon shown next to the layer name in the Layers Palette
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Objects in a Locked Layer cannot be deleted or moved
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Locked Layers can be deleted, moved and merged with other layers


If multiple objects from different layers have been selected then no layer name will be shown in the Layer and Binding boxes. Instead they will be left "blank" as shown in the image on the left.

Both boxes can still be opened to assign layers to objects.

WARNING:
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Setting a layer for multiple objects that are in different layers will move ALL those objects to that layer
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If objects are moved from one layer group to another (such as from the Route Layers to the Session Layers) then it will change where those objects are saved (in the Route or in the Session)


Assigning Objects to a Different Layer

A selected object or group of selected objects can be assigned to a different layer. If multiple objects have been selected then they do not have to all be in the same layer.

Steps: To change the assigned layer of an object or group of objects:-
Left click on the Layer drop down box. The layer containing the object (for a single selected object only) will be shown with a in front of its name
Select the destination layer name from the drop down list. See Warning above
The layer reassignment will start the instant the destination layer is selected
If you see a Debugging Window on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window


Once a target layer has been selected then the  Select Layer  button, which sets the Active Layer, may become active.

The Active Layer is the layer used by the Placement Tool when objects are added to a route (or session). This button gives you the opportunity to set the Active Layer to the same layer that you just used to assign to an object. Its use is optional.


You can also set the Active Layer by selecting its name from the list in the Layers Palette.


If the  Select Layer  button is greyed out
then the selected object is now assigned to the current Active Layer so there is no need to use this option
If it is NOT greyed out
then the selected object is now assigned to a layer that is not the current Active Layer. You have the option to Left click on this button to switch the Active Layer to the same layer as the object


Assigning Objects to a Binding Layer

The Binding Layer, or Bound Layer as it is also called, is a tool used in the development of a route or session. It allows you to temporarily assign an object to a second layer while it is still in its original layer. The object will then take on the properties (Locked/Unlocked, Hidden/Visible) of both layers.
Assigned
Layer
Binding
Layer
Object
Status
Unlocked or None Unlocked
LOCKED or or None LOCKED
Unlocked LOCKED LOCKED
Visible or None Visible
HIDDEN or or None HIDDEN
Visible HIDDEN HIDDEN
In Summary:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Locked then the object will be Locked
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 If the Assigned Layer or the Binding Layer of an object is Hidden then the object will be Hidden
Notes:

Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 Objects in a Hidden Layer cannot be seen and therefore, cannot be selected, deleted or moved
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 The Layers Palette is the ONLY way to create, delete, name and hide layers


Some examples of using the Binding Layer:-
 Example 1: 
The problem: You need to stop an object from being selected so that you can you move other objects on or around it
The solution: Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and lock it. Set the Binding Layer of the object to the new locked layer. The object will then be locked so it cannot be selected or moved even though its original layer is unlocked. When the edit has been completed delete the empty locked layer you just created to unlock all its bound objects and remove all their bindings
 Example 2: 
The problem: A group of objects (e.g trees) are blocking access to another object.
The solution: Use the Layers Palette to create a new empty layer and hide it. Set the Binding Layer of the blocking objects to the new hidden layer. The blocking objects will no longer be visible and cannot be selected even though their original layer is still visible. When the edit has been completed delete the empty hidden layer you just created to make all its bound objects visible and remove all their bindings


Steps: To change the assigned binding layer of an object or group of objects:-
Left click on the Binding drop down box. If the object is already bound to a layer (for a single selected object only) the binding layer will be shown with a in front of its name
Select the Binding layer name from the drop down list. Note: the objects assigned layer will not appear in the list because an object cannot be bound to its own layer
The layer reassignment will start the instant the layer is selected
If you see a Debugging Window on the screen as the task is processed, it will inform you when the task has been completed. You can then close the window


As an example, the image below shows what you will see for a single object that has had:-
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its assigned layer changed (in the example from "route-layer" to "Station Buildings")
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 its binding layer set (in the example to "Multi Industries")
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the newly assigned layer is not locked so you have the option to lock it
Error creating thumbnail: /bin/bash: line 1: /usr/bin/convert: No such file or directory Error code: 127 the newly assigned layer is not the Active Layer so you have the option to make it the Active Layer


More information on creating, editing and using Layers can be found on the Trainz Wiki at:-


    Top Next Up    


Trainz Wiki

More Tutorials and Guides to Using Trainz


This page was created by Trainz user pware in January 2023 and was last updated as shown below.